From 920795739131333483b66610e8b15df27fdd2adf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Daniel=20Sch=C3=BCrmann?= Date: Mon, 25 Mar 2024 22:01:37 +0100 Subject: [PATCH] Pull latest translations from Transifex. --- source/locale/ca/LC_MESSAGES/glossary.po | 17 +- .../locale/ca/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../ca/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/ca/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../locale/cs/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../cs/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/cs/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../de/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/introduction.po | 12 +- source/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po | 19 +- .../locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 26 - .../de/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../locale/el/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../el/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/el/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../es/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../locale/fi/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../fi/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/fi/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../LC_MESSAGES/chapters/advanced_topics.po | 80 ++- .../LC_MESSAGES/chapters/controlling_mixxx.po | 46 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/chapters/djing_with_mixxx.po | 252 ++++++-- .../locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/effects.po | 83 ++- .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/example_setups.po | 23 + .../LC_MESSAGES/chapters/getting_involved.po | 21 +- .../LC_MESSAGES/chapters/getting_started.po | 76 ++- .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/hardware.po | 135 ++++- .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/introduction.po | 19 +- .../locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/library.po | 270 +++++++-- .../LC_MESSAGES/chapters/livebroadcasting.po | 27 +- .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/microphones.po | 67 ++- .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/user_interface.po | 544 +++++++++++++++--- .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/vinyl_control.po | 2 +- source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/glossary.po | 180 +++++- .../locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../fr/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 405 ------------- source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../locale/gl/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../gl/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/gl/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../id/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../LC_MESSAGES/chapters/advanced_topics.po | 33 +- .../locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../it/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../ja/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../nl/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../pl/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- source/locale/pot/404.pot | 2 +- source/locale/pot/glossary.pot | 2 +- source/locale/pot/index.pot | 2 +- source/locale/pot/sphinx.pot | 2 +- .../locale/pt/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../pt/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/pt/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../ro/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../ru/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../locale/sk/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../sk/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/sk/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../sl/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../locale/sq/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../sq/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/sq/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../locale/sr/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../sr/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/sr/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../sv/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../tr/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- .../zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po | 22 - .../zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po | 395 ------------- source/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po | 34 -- 101 files changed, 1649 insertions(+), 12005 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 source/locale/ca/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/ca/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/ca/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/cs/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/cs/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/cs/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/el/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/el/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/el/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/fi/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/fi/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/fi/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/gl/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/gl/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/gl/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/pt/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/pt/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/pt/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/sk/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/sk/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/sk/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/sq/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/sq/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/sq/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/sr/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/sr/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/sr/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po delete mode 100644 source/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po diff --git a/source/locale/ca/LC_MESSAGES/glossary.po b/source/locale/ca/LC_MESSAGES/glossary.po index e6c4960218..f42ba99d6a 100644 --- a/source/locale/ca/LC_MESSAGES/glossary.po +++ b/source/locale/ca/LC_MESSAGES/glossary.po @@ -5,7 +5,6 @@ # # Translators: # Daniel Schürmann , 2022 -# omar.maciasmolina , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -14,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-24 15:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: omar.maciasmolina , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel Schürmann , 2022\n" "Language-Team: Catalan (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/ca/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -56,11 +55,11 @@ msgid "" "database. For more information, see``_." msgstr "" "Un sistema d'empremta digital d'àudio feta completament amb :term:`codi-" -"obert`. Pretèn crear una base de dades lliure de dades enviades pels usuaris" -" amb :term:`metadades ` obtingudes de la base de dades de " -":term:`MusicBrainz`, i ofereix un servei web per a la identificació de " -"fitxers d'àudio gràcies a aquesta base de dades. Per a més informació, " -"visiteu: ``_." +"obert `. Pretèn crear una base de dades lliure de dades " +"enviades pels usuaris amb :term:`metadades ` obtingudes de la base" +" de dades de :term:`MusicBrainz`, i ofereix un servei web per a la " +"identificació de fitxers d'àudio gràcies a aquesta base de dades. Per a més " +"informació, visiteu: ``_." #: ../../glossary.rst:269 msgid "AIFF" @@ -178,8 +177,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Una serie de marques que indiquen la localització dels tocs de compàs en la " "pista. Les graelles de ritme s'utilitzen per a funcions de mescla avançades " -"com la :term:`sincronització`, efectes precisos de sincronització, bucles i " -"representació acurada de :term:`BPM`." +"com la :term:`sincronització `, efectes precisos de sincronització, " +"bucles i representació acurada de :term:`BPM`." #: ../../glossary.rst:102 msgid "beatmatching" diff --git a/source/locale/ca/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/ca/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index dc974e2370..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/ca/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Catalan (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/ca/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ca\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/ca/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/ca/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7262bd9218..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/ca/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Catalan (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/ca/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ca\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/ca/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/ca/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index 6a93e4d7c0..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/ca/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Catalan (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/ca/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ca\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/cs/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/cs/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index a7c1f91274..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/cs/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Czech (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/cs/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: cs\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n == 1 && n % 1 == 0) ? 0 : (n >= 2 && n <= 4 && n % 1 == 0) ? 1: (n % 1 != 0 ) ? 2 : 3;\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/cs/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/cs/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index d683ad9169..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/cs/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Czech (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/cs/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: cs\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n == 1 && n % 1 == 0) ? 0 : (n >= 2 && n <= 4 && n % 1 == 0) ? 1: (n % 1 != 0 ) ? 2 : 3;\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/cs/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/cs/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index a64f77bf87..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/cs/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Czech (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/cs/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: cs\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n == 1 && n % 1 == 0) ? 0 : (n >= 2 && n <= 4 && n % 1 == 0) ? 1: (n % 1 != 0 ) ? 2 : 3;\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/introduction.po b/source/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/introduction.po index 45f2a70e5d..37513384aa 100644 --- a/source/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/introduction.po +++ b/source/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/introduction.po @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Daniel Schürmann , 2022 +# Daniel Schürmann , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-24 15:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Daniel Schürmann , 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel Schürmann , 2024\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -267,6 +267,14 @@ msgid "" "known as a “sound card”, although most of them are not shaped like cards " "anymore)." msgstr "" +"Sie können Mixxx verwenden, um den nächsten Track mit Kopfhörern vorzuhören," +" bevor das Publikum ihn hört, auch bekannt als Kopfhörer-Cueing. Dies hilft " +"Ihnen, einen Track auszuwählen, der für den Moment geeignet ist und gut in " +"den gerade abgespielten Track gemischt werden kann. Um das Kopfhörer-Cueing " +"zu verwenden, benötigen Sie mindestens 2 separate Audioausgänge, die in der " +"Regel von einem USB-Audio-Adapter bereitgestellt werden (auch bekannt als " +"\"Soundkarte\", obwohl die meisten von ihnen nicht mehr wie Karten geformt " +"sind)." #: ../../chapters/introduction.rst:31 msgid "" diff --git a/source/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/source/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 49fee3bd1a..6a93eff573 100644 --- a/source/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/source/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Daniel Schürmann , 2022 +# Daniel Schürmann , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-24 15:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Daniel Schürmann , 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel Schürmann , 2024\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -228,22 +228,27 @@ msgid "" "Mixxx offers a variety of features to help beginners get started and help " "experienced DJs get creative:" msgstr "" +"Mixxx ist eine `freie `_ DJ-" +"Software für Windows, macOS und Linux. Sie ist einfach zu bedienen, auch " +"wenn Sie noch nie als DJ gearbeitet haben. Mixxx bietet eine Vielzahl von " +"Funktionen, um Anfängern den Einstieg zu erleichtern und um erfahrenen DJs " +"zu helfen kreativ zu werden." #: ../../index.rst:18 msgid "beat, tempo, and musical key detection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tempo- und Tonart-Erkennung" #: ../../index.rst:19 msgid "sync lock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sync-Lock" #: ../../index.rst:20 msgid "hotcues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hotcues" #: ../../index.rst:21 msgid "looping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Looping" #: ../../index.rst:22 msgid "4 decks" @@ -259,6 +264,8 @@ msgid "" "CD players, vinyl turntables or even just your computer's keyboard and " "mouse." msgstr "" +"Sie können Mixxx mit MIDI- und HID-Controllern, CD-Playern, Plattenspielern " +"oder sogar nur mit der Tastatur und Maus Ihres Computers verwenden." #: ../../index.rst:29 msgid "Table of Contents" diff --git a/source/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1c0166a8db..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Daniel Schürmann , 2022 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Daniel Schürmann , 2022\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "**Für Verfasser von Dokumentationen**" diff --git a/source/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index f546fe4845..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index fc2696ef08..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/el/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/el/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index e3a955afe2..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/el/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Greek (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/el/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: el\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/el/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/el/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index 73aff6fae9..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/el/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Greek (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/el/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: el\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/el/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/el/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index c1cefb8277..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/el/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Greek (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/el/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: el\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index c9976e3f2d..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/en_GB/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: en_GB\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5abdcb19d7..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/en_GB/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: en_GB\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5bb31eb870..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/en_GB/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: en_GB\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index 79519b954b..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index 10e6ca45ae..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index a3090443a9..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/fi/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/fi/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index f5d05b7f7f..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/fi/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Finnish (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/fi/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fi\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/fi/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/fi/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index a284546fef..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/fi/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Finnish (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/fi/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fi\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/fi/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/fi/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7091c3986a..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/fi/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Finnish (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/fi/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fi\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/advanced_topics.po b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/advanced_topics.po index b65a55973b..30adf4e8cd 100644 --- a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/advanced_topics.po +++ b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/advanced_topics.po @@ -243,6 +243,10 @@ msgid "" ":term:`MIDI`/:term:`HID` messages from a controller into commands that Mixxx" " understands." msgstr "" +"La prise en charge de périphériques supplémentaires peut être ajoutée à " +"Mixxx en créant un nouveau fichier de mappage. Ce fichier indique à Mixxx " +"comment traduire ou mapper les messages :term:`MIDI`/:term:`HID` d'un " +"contrôleur en commandes que Mixxx comprend." #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -250,12 +254,17 @@ msgid "" "Controller Mapping forums `_." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez télécharger et partager des mappages de contrôleurs " +"personnalisés dans les forums `Mixxx User Controller Mapping " +"`_." #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:21 msgid "" "For a list of controls that can be used in a controller mapping, see " ":ref:`appendix-mixxxcontrols`." msgstr "" +"Pour une liste des contrôles pouvant être utilisés dans un mappage de " +"contrôleur, voir :ref:`appendix-mixxxcontrols`." #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:28 msgid "Controller Wizard" @@ -271,7 +280,7 @@ msgid "" "Controller Wizard." msgstr "" "Le moyen le plus simple de créer un nouveau mappage MIDI, consiste à " -"utiliser l'assistant de contrôleur." +"utiliser lassistant de contrôleur." #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:42 msgid "Connect your controller(s) to your computer" @@ -549,6 +558,8 @@ msgid "" "macOS: :file:`~/Library/Containers/org.mixxx.mixxx/Data/Library/Application " "Support/Mixxx/Custom.kbd.cfg`" msgstr "" +"macOS: :file:`~/Library/Containers/org.mixxx.mixxx/Data/Library/Application " +"Support/Mixxx/Custom.kbd.cfg`" #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:137 msgid "Windows: :file:`%LOCALAPPDATA%\\\\Mixxx\\\\Custom.kbd.cfg`" @@ -572,6 +583,8 @@ msgid "" "For a list of controls that can be used in a keyboard mapping, see " ":ref:`appendix-mixxxcontrols`." msgstr "" +"Pour une liste des contrôles pouvant être utilisés dans un mappage de " +"clavier, voir :ref:`appendix-mixxxcontrols`." #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -579,6 +592,9 @@ msgid "" "Keyboard Mapping forums `_." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez télécharger et partager des mappages de clavier personnalisés " +"dans `Mixxx User Keyboard Mapping forums " +"`_." #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:153 msgid "Additional Effects via external Mixer Mode" @@ -608,7 +624,7 @@ msgstr "Effets via AU Lab sous MacOS" #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:172 msgid "The Au Lab routing for external effects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le routage d'AU Lab pour les effets externes" #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:172 msgid "The Au Lab routing for external effects on macOS" @@ -629,12 +645,17 @@ msgid "" "`_, a system " "extension for inter-application audio routing." msgstr "" +"Installez gratuitement `SoundflowerBed " +"`_, une " +"extension système pour le routage audio inter-applications." #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:179 msgid "" "Install the free digital audio mixing application `AU Lab " "`_." msgstr "" +"Installer l'application gratuite de mixage audio numérique `AU Lab " +"`_." #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -656,6 +677,12 @@ msgid "" "`_, a free micro-sized :term:`DAW` that " "hosts Audio Unit instruments and effect plugins." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également essayer `Blackhole " +"`_, un pilote audio virtuel " +"moderne qui permet aux applications de transmettre de l'audio à d'autres " +"applications sans :term:`latence` supplémentaire, et `Hosting AU < " +"http://ju-x.com/hostingau.html>`_, un :term:`DAW` gratuit de taille micro " +"qui héberge les instruments Audio Unit et les plugins d'effets." #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:192 msgid "**In Mixxx**" @@ -727,6 +754,8 @@ msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Output 1` channel, select an effect from the drop-down " "menu, for example :menuselection:`Apple --> AUCompressor`" msgstr "" +"Dans le canal :guilabel:`Sortie 1`, sélectionner un effet dans le menu " +"déroulant, par exemple :menuselection:`Apple --> AUCompressor`" #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:213 msgid "The effect should now react if you play a track in Mixxx." @@ -738,7 +767,7 @@ msgstr "Effets via JACK Rack sous GNU/Linux" #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:225 msgid "The Jack routing for external effects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le routage Jack pour les effets externes" #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:225 msgid "The Jack routing for external effects on GNU/Linux" @@ -772,6 +801,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:240 msgid "Migrate your Mixxx library and settings to a new computer" msgstr "" +"Migrer votre bibliothèque Mixxx et vos paramètres vers un nouvel ordinateur" #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:242 msgid "" @@ -779,6 +809,10 @@ msgid "" "computer, you can take your existing Mixxx setup with you. This includes " "your track library, settings, controller mappings and broadcast profiles." msgstr "" +"Si vous passez à un nouvel ordinateur ou à un autre système d'exploitation " +"sur le même ordinateur, vous pouvez emporter votre configuration Mixxx " +"existante avec vous. Cela inclut votre bibliothèque de pistes, vos " +"paramètres, les mappages de contrôleurs et les profils de diffusion." #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -795,7 +829,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:247 msgid "Preparation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Préparation" #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -819,24 +853,30 @@ msgid "" "Make a copy of both the Mixxx settings directory and your music directories." " Put all in a save place. **Do not restructure your music directories!**" msgstr "" +"Faire une copie du répertoire des paramètres Mixxx et de vos répertoires de " +"musique. Mettre le tout dans un endroit sauvegardé. **Ne restructurez pas " +"vos répertoires de musique !**" #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:251 msgid "Install your new operating system, get your new PC ready." msgstr "" +"Installer votre nouveau système d'exploitation et préparer votre nouveau PC." #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:252 msgid "" "Get the current stable Mixxx version from `the official download page " "`_." msgstr "" +"Obtener la version stable actuelle de Mixxx sur la page de téléchargement " +"officielle `_." #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:253 msgid "Install Mixxx, though **don't run it, yet!**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installer Mixxx, mais **ne l'exécutez pas encore !**" #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:256 msgid "Migration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Migration" #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:258 msgid "" @@ -845,14 +885,18 @@ msgid "" "previously, make sure to rename or delete your existing settings directory " "in order to avoid any file conflicts." msgstr "" +"Copier votre répertoire de paramètres Mixxx à l'emplacement approprié, voir " +":ref:`appendix-settings-files`. Si vous avez déjà démarré Mixxx, assurez-" +"vous de renommer ou de supprimer votre répertoire de paramètres existant " +"afin d'éviter tout conflit de fichiers." #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:259 msgid "Copy your music directories to the new computer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Copier vos répertoires de musique sur le nouvel ordinateur." #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:260 msgid "Start Mixxx." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lancer Mixxx" #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:261 msgid "" @@ -860,6 +904,9 @@ msgid "" "not ask you for your music directories and all your settings should be as " "before." msgstr "" +"Si vous avez placé le répertoire des paramètres au bon endroit, Mixxx ne " +"devrait pas vous demander vos répertoires de musique et tous vos paramètres " +"devraient être comme avant." #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:262 msgid "" @@ -878,10 +925,16 @@ msgid "" " that this will obviously not include your external libraries (iTunes, " "Traktor etc.), you need to configure those again." msgstr "" +"Désormais, tous vos fichiers de musique devraient être disponibles, toutes " +"vos listes de lecture, bacs et historiques de sessions restaurés. Une " +"nouvelle analyse de la bibliothèque n'est pas requise. Configurer une sortie" +" audio et tester si vous pouvez lire toutes les pistes comme avant. Noter " +"que cela n'inclura évidemment pas vos bibliothèques externes (iTunes, " +"Traktor etc.), vous devrez les reconfigurer." #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:267 msgid "Known issues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Problèmes connus" #: ../../chapters/advanced_topics.rst:269 msgid "" @@ -893,3 +946,12 @@ msgid "" "track individually with the cue shift buttons in the beatgrid editing " "controls section, see :ref:`interface-waveform`." msgstr "" +"Si vous avez migré vers un autre système d'exploitation, une autre version " +"du système d'exploitation ou une autre version de Mixxx, les décodeurs audio" +" utilisés peuvent avoir changé, ce qui peut entrainer un décalage des " +"grilles rythmiques et des points de repère, c'est-à-dire qu'ils sont décalés" +" des points souhaités dans le flux audio. Malheureusement, aucun correctif " +"automatique n’est encore disponible. À partir de maintenant, vous devez " +"décaler les repères pour chaque piste individuellement avec les boutons de " +"décalage de repère dans la section des commandes d'édition de la grille " +"rythmique, voir :ref:`interface-waveform`." diff --git a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/controlling_mixxx.po b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/controlling_mixxx.po index 656109ebfd..ff85999277 100644 --- a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/controlling_mixxx.po +++ b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/controlling_mixxx.po @@ -264,6 +264,10 @@ msgid "" "default value. This is especially useful on touchscreens as executing a " "right-click on them is usually tedious." msgstr "" +"**Double-clic gauche** : double-cliquer sur n'importe quel bouton ou " +"potentiomètre pour le réinitialiser à sa valeur par défaut. Ceci est " +"particulièrement utile sur les écrans tactiles, car exécuter un clic-droit " +"dessus est généralement fastidieux." #: ../../chapters/controlling_mixxx.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -321,8 +325,8 @@ msgid "" " rate of the tracks. For more information, go to :ref:`interface-waveform`." msgstr "" "Vous pouvez ajuster le zoom et la vitesse de lecture en utilisant le clic-" -"déplacement ou la molette, sur les formes d'ondes. Plus d'informations sur " -":ref:`interface-waveform`." +"déplacement ou la molette, sur les formes d'ondes. Voir :ref:`interface-" +"waveform` pour plus d'informations." #: ../../chapters/controlling_mixxx.rst:51 msgid "Using a Keyboard" @@ -330,7 +334,7 @@ msgstr "Utiliser un clavier" #: ../../chapters/controlling_mixxx.rst-1 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Raccourcis clavier" #: ../../chapters/controlling_mixxx.rst:60 msgid "Mixxx Keyboard shortcuts (for en-us keyboard layout)" @@ -340,6 +344,7 @@ msgstr "Raccourcis claviers de Mixxx (pour des claviers QWERTY)" msgid "" ":download:`Download the image <../_static/Mixxx-240-Keyboard-Mapping.png>`" msgstr "" +":download:`Télécharger l'image <../_static/Mixxx-240-Keyboard-Mapping.png>`" #: ../../chapters/controlling_mixxx.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -428,17 +433,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/controlling_mixxx.rst:103 msgid "Loading a controller mapping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chargement d'un mappage de contrôleur" #: ../../chapters/controlling_mixxx.rst:111 msgid "Mixxx Preferences - Loading a controller mapping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mixxx Préférences - Contrôleurs" #: ../../chapters/controlling_mixxx.rst:113 msgid "" "Without loading the correct mapping, your controller does not work with " "Mixxx." msgstr "" +"Sans charger le mappage correct, votre contrôleur ne fonctionnera pas avec " +"Mixxx." #: ../../chapters/controlling_mixxx.rst:115 msgid "Connect your controller(s) to your computer" @@ -465,10 +472,12 @@ msgid "" "Select the mapping for your controller from the :guilabel:`Load Mapping` " "drop-down menu" msgstr "" +"Sélectionner le mappage de votre contrôleur dans le menu déroulant " +":guilabel:`Charger mappage`" #: ../../chapters/controlling_mixxx.rst:122 msgid "Make sure that the :guilabel:`Enabled` checkbox is ticked" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Assurez-vous que la case :guilabel:`Activé` est cochée" #: ../../chapters/controlling_mixxx.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -549,6 +558,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/controlling_mixxx.rst:150 msgid "Additional mappings are available in the `Controller mapping forum`_." msgstr "" +"Des mappages supplémentaires sont disponibles sur le `Controller mapping " +"forum`_." #: ../../chapters/controlling_mixxx.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -562,7 +573,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/controlling_mixxx.rst:162 msgid "Installing a mapping from the forum" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installer un mappage depuis le forum" #: ../../chapters/controlling_mixxx.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -574,12 +585,12 @@ msgid "" "be found in :ref:`appendix-settings-files`." msgstr "" "Pour utiliser un mappage de contrôleur qui n'est pas fourni avec Mixxx, " -"placer le mappage de contrôleur dans votre répertoire User Mappings. Pour " -"l'ouvrir, aller dans :menuselection:`Préférences --> Contrôleurs` et cliquer" +"placer le mappage de contrôleur dans votre répertoire User Controllers. Pour" +" l'ouvrir, aller sur :menuselection:`Préférences --> Contrôleurs` et cliquer" " sur le bouton :guilabel:`Ouvrir le répertoire des mappages utilisateur`. " -"Vous pouvez également utiliser votre navigateur de fichiers :term:`OS " -"` pour y accéder. Pour les emplacements et plus de détails" -" voir :ref:`appendix-settings-files`." +"Vous pouvez également utiliser votre :term:`OS ` " +"navigateur de fichiers pour y accéder. Pour les emplacements et plus de " +"détails voir :ref:`appendix-settings-files`." #: ../../chapters/controlling_mixxx.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -600,7 +611,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/controlling_mixxx.rst:174 msgid "Map your own controller" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mapper votre propre contrôleur" #: ../../chapters/controlling_mixxx.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -619,7 +630,7 @@ msgstr "Voir :ref:`advanced-controller` pour des informations détaillées." #: ../../chapters/controlling_mixxx.rst:185 msgid "Using Timecode Vinyl Records and CDs" -msgstr "Utiliser des vinyles ou CDs avec timecode" +msgstr "Utiliser des vinyles ou CDs timecodés" #: ../../chapters/controlling_mixxx.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -630,6 +641,13 @@ msgid "" "vinyl control allows that feel to be preserved while retaining the benefits " "of using digital audio." msgstr "" +":term:`Contrôle vinyle` permet à un utilisateur de manipuler " +"la lecture d'une piste dans Mixxx en utilisant une platine vinyle ou " +":term:`CDJ` comme interface. En effet, il simule le son et la sensation " +"d'avoir votre collection de musique numérique sur vinyle. De nombreux DJ " +"préfèrent la sensation tactile du vinyle, et le contrôle du vinyle permet de" +" préserver cette sensation tout en conservant les avantages de l'utilisation" +" de l'audio numérique." #: ../../chapters/controlling_mixxx.rst:193 msgid "Go to :ref:`vinyl-control` for detailed information." diff --git a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/djing_with_mixxx.po b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/djing_with_mixxx.po index cbb357b0c8..2c7769ff84 100644 --- a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/djing_with_mixxx.po +++ b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/djing_with_mixxx.po @@ -246,6 +246,8 @@ msgid "" "A level meter in Mixxx with the gain set properly for the loudest part\n" "of a track" msgstr "" +"Un indicateur de niveau dans Mixxx avec le gain correctement réglé pour la partie la plus forte\n" +"d'une piste" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -277,7 +279,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:41 msgid "A waveform at a good level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Une forme d'onde d'un bon niveau" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -296,6 +298,8 @@ msgid "" "A level meter in Mixxx indicating clipping. The gain should be turned\n" "down!" msgstr "" +"Un indicateur de niveau dans Mixxx indiquant l'écrêtage. Le gain devrait être\n" +"diminué !" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -332,7 +336,7 @@ msgstr "Une forme d'onde écrêtée" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst-1 msgid "A level meter in Mixxx with the gain set too low" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un indicateur de niveau dans Mixxx avec le gain réglé trop bas" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -370,7 +374,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:0 msgid "A waveform at too low of a level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Une forme d'onde à un niveau trop bas" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:96 msgid "A waveform that is too close to the noise floor" @@ -401,6 +405,12 @@ msgid "" ":term:`tempo` and aligning the beats are the two things a DJ must do to " "beatmatch." msgstr "" +":term:`Beatmatching` est le processus d'ajustement de la " +"vitesse de lecture d'une piste afin qu'elle corresponde au tempo d'une autre" +" piste. Le Beatmatching implique également d'ajuster la :term:`phase` des " +"battements d'une piste afin qu'ils soient alignés avec les battements de " +"l'autre piste. Faire correspondre le :term:`tempo` et aligner les battements" +" sont les deux choses qu'un DJ doit faire pour le beatmatching." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -453,7 +463,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:137 msgid "Sync Lock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verrouillage de synchronisation" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -461,6 +471,11 @@ msgid "" "leave the beatmatching to Mixxx so you can focus on track selection, effects" " manipulation, looping, 4 deck mixing, and other advanced DJing techniques." msgstr "" +":term:`Verrouillage de synchronisation` est un assistant " +"intelligent qui vous permet de laisser le beatmatching à Mixxx afin que vous" +" puissiez vous concentrer sur la sélection des pistes, la manipulation des " +"effets, le bouclage, le mixage à 4 platines et d'autres techniques de DJé " +"avancées." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -473,6 +488,17 @@ msgid "" "interrupt the playback of the other decks. However, changing the rate of a " "stopped deck will change the rate of playing decks." msgstr "" +"Pour activer le verrouillage de synchronisation sur une platine, appuyer et " +"maintenir (ou cliquer et maintenir) le bouton :guilabel:`SYNC`. Vous saurez " +"que le verrouillage de synchronisation est activé car le bouton de " +"synchronisation restera allumé. Changer le taux de n'importe quelle platine " +"sur laquelle Sync est allumé modifiera le taux de toutes les autres platines" +" dont le bouton Sync est également allumé. Il n'est pas nécessaire de " +"définir des platines spécifiques pour être un leader ou un follower. Vous " +"pouvez lire, arrêter, éjecter, charger et mettre en file d'attente n'importe" +" quelle piste avec verrouillage de synchronisation sans interrompre la " +"lecture des autres platines. Cependant, changer le taux d'une platine à " +"l'arrêt modifiera la taux de lecture des platines." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -481,6 +507,11 @@ msgid "" "drum & bass track with a 70 bpm dubstep track, Sync Lock will make sure they" " are lined up properly." msgstr "" +"Le verrouillage de synchronisation remarquera également si l'une de vos " +"pistes est le double du BPM d'une autre piste et les fera correspondre " +"correctement. Donc, si vous souhaitez mixer une piste de batterie et basse à" +" 140 BPM avec une piste dubstep à 70 bpm, Le verrouillage de synchronisation" +" s'assurera qu'elles sont correctement alignées." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -489,10 +520,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`QUANTIZE` button. When activated, Quantize will ensure that the " "beats are perfectly lined up as well." msgstr "" +"Habituellement, le verrouillage de synchronisation garantira uniquement que " +"les curseurs de taux sont correctement définis. Si vous souhaitez également " +"vous assurer que vos battements sont parfaitement synchronisés, activer le " +"bouton :guilabel:`QUANTIFICATION`. Lorsqu'il est activé, Quantification " +"(Quantize) garantira que les battements sont également parfaitement alignés." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:163 msgid "Sync Lock with Dynamic Tempo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verrouillage de synchronisation avec tempo dynamique" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -500,20 +536,27 @@ msgid "" "grid, you have precise control over the sync lock behavior via the following" " Sync Leader buttons (available in the LateNight and Deere skins only)." msgstr "" +"Si vous travaillez avec des pistes à tempo dynamique dotées d'une grille de " +"battements BPM variable, vous disposez d'un contrôle précis sur le " +"comportement du verrouillage de synchronisation via les boutons verrouillage" +" de synchronisation suivants (disponibles dans les thèmes LateNight et Deere" +" uniquement)." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:172 msgid "" "|follower| Follower |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |softleader| Soft " "Leader" msgstr "" +"|follower| Follower |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |nbsp| |softleader| Soft " +"Leader" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:174 msgid "Sync Leader button as follower" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bouton Synchroniser du leader en tant que follower" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:178 msgid "Sync Leader button as soft leader" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bouton Synchroniser du leader en tant que soft-follower" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -523,6 +566,13 @@ msgid "" "tracks to be (re)analyzed later on by unchecking :guilabel:`Assume constant " "tempo` in the :guilabel:`Beat Detection` preferences." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez créer une grille rythmique avec BPM variable pour des pistes " +"uniques en utilisant le menu contextuel de la bibliothèque " +":guilabel:`Analyser` et la commande :guilabel:`Reanalyser (BPM variable)`. " +"Alternativement, vous pouvez créer des grilles rythmiques avec BPM variables" +" pour toutes les pistes à (re)analyser ultérieurement en décochant " +":guilabel:`Supposé le tempo constant` dans les préférences " +":guilabel:`Detection de battement`." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -532,6 +582,11 @@ msgid "" "unstable tempos during bridges or in the outro regions where the actual " "played tempo wasn't detected correctly." msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'une telle piste est jouée dans une platine Leader, les platines " +"follower suivent de près le tempo. Il est important de noter que la piste " +"suit inconditionnellement le tempo leader « détecté », même s'il y a des " +"sections avec des tempos instables pendant les ponts ou dans les régions " +"outro où le tempo réel joué n'a pas été détecté correctement." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -540,6 +595,11 @@ msgid "" "between Soft Leader and Follower mode. A Soft Leader is not sticky, and will" " automatically move if the current leader becomes invalid." msgstr "" +"Si une platine Soft-Leader s'arrête ou est réduit au silence, Mixxx " +"sélectionne automatiquement la meilleur platine suivante comme Leader. En " +"cliquant sur le bouton Leader, vous pouvez choisir entre les modes Soft-" +"Leader et Follower. Un Soft-Leader n'est pas fixer et se déplacera " +"automatiquement si le Leader actuel devient invalide." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -550,6 +610,13 @@ msgid "" "button of its deck. The deck then becomes the soft leader, and Mixxx will " "use that deck's tempo instead." msgstr "" +"Par défaut, la fonction \"Verrouillage de synchronisation avec tempo " +"dynamique\" est activée et Mixxx sélectionne la première piste avec le " +"verrouillage de synchronisation activée comme Soft-Leader, en utilisant le " +"tempo de son outro lors de la transition suivante. Si vous souhaitez plutôt " +"utiliser le tempo de l'intro du morceau suivant, cliquer sur le bouton " +"Leader (Couronne) de sa platine. La platine devient alors le Soft-Leader et " +"Mixxx utilisera à la place le tempo de cette platine." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -558,6 +625,10 @@ msgid "" "instead. If another deck starts playing, then you will be able to pick which" " one you want to be the leader again." msgstr "" +"Le seul cas où une platine à l'arrêt peut être un Leader est lorsque aucune " +"autre platine n'est en train de jouer. Une fois qu'une platine commence à " +"jouer, Mixxx la choisira comme Leader. Si une autre platine commence à " +"jouer, vous pourrez alors choisir celle que vous souhaitez redevenir Leader." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -567,6 +638,12 @@ msgid "" " follower during a transition and you may pick a dynamic track as a leader " "by clicking the Leader (Crown) button if desired." msgstr "" +"Si vous préférez un tempo constant pendant les transitions comme dans Mixxx " +"avant la version 2.4, vous pouvez sélectionner :guilabel:`Utiliser un tempo " +"constant` pour :guilabel:`Mode de synchronisation` dans les préférences " +":guilabel:`Platines`. Dans ce mode, toutes les platines deviennent Follower " +"lors d'une transition et vous pouvez choisir une piste dynamique comme " +"Leader en cliquant sur le bouton Leader (Couronne) si vous le souhaitez." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:214 msgid "" @@ -574,6 +651,10 @@ msgid "" "changes its tempo matching the leader which may result in a notable pitch " "change. Engaging keylock helps mitigate this pitch issue." msgstr "" +"Le Leader joue toujours les changements de tempo enregistrés d'origine. Un " +"Follower change son tempo en fonction du Leader, ce qui peut entrainer un " +"changement de hauteur tonale (picth) notable. L'activation du verrouillage " +"des touches permet d'atténuer ce problème de hauteur tonale (pitch)." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:221 msgid "Harmonic Mixing" @@ -619,6 +700,9 @@ msgid "" "file and listen to it later, distribute it as a :term:`Podcast` or " "burn it to CD." msgstr "" +"Avec la fonction d'enregistrement intégrée, vous pouvez enregistrer votre " +"mix sous forme de fichier audio et l'écouter plus tard, le distribuer sous " +"forme de :term:`Podcast` ou le gravez sur CD." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -628,6 +712,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Sound Hardware`. Refer to :ref:`microphones-" "record-broadcast-external-mixer` for details." msgstr "" +"Par défaut, Mixxx enregistre la :term:`sortie principale`. Alternativement, " +"Mixxx peut enregistrer la sortie d'un mixeur externe si vous disposez d'une " +"interface audio configurée pour l'entrée :guilabel:`Enregistrer/Diffuser` " +"dans :menuselection:`Préferences --> Matériel sonore`. Voir " +":ref:`microphones-record-broadcast-external-mixer` pour plus de détails." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:261 msgid "Mixxx library - Recordings view" @@ -746,7 +835,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:308 msgid "Intro and Outro Cues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Repères Intro et Outro" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:310 msgid "" @@ -756,6 +845,12 @@ msgid "" "point. The into and outro are sections and each section is defined by two " "points." msgstr "" +"Les repères Intro/Outro sont utilisés pour mélanger les entrées et sorties " +"des pistes et ils peuvent également être :ref:`utilisés avec Auto DJ ` pour mélanger les entrées et les sorties à ces points." +" Contrairement aux :term:`repères rapides`, ils ne marquent pas un " +"seul point. L'entrée et la sortie sont des sections et chaque section est " +"définie par deux points." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:313 msgid "" @@ -766,18 +861,29 @@ msgid "" "determined by the first time the signal rises above -60 dBFS and the last " "time it goes below -60 dBFS." msgstr "" +"Mixxx détecte où se trouvent le premier et le dernier son lors de l'analyse " +"d'une piste, ce qui permet de stopper facilement la lecture de parties " +"silencieuses au début et à la fin de la piste. L'analyseur place le point de" +" départ de Intro au premier son et le point de fin de Outro au dernier son. " +"Le premier et le dernier son sont déterminés par la première fois où le " +"signal dépasse -60 dBFS et la dernière fois où il descend en dessous de -60 " +"dBFS." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:324 msgid "" "intro start marker placed at the first sound and outro end marker placed at " "the last sound" msgstr "" +"marqueur de début de Intro placé au premier son et marqueur de fin de Outro " +"placé au dernier son" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:324 msgid "" "Intro start and outro end cues placed at the first and last sound of a track" " respectively by the analyzer" msgstr "" +"Repères de début de Intro et de fin de Outro placés respectivement au " +"premier et au dernier son d'une piste par l'analyseur" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:326 msgid "" @@ -788,41 +894,47 @@ msgid "" "this information ` to line up tracks and " "determine how long to crossfade." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez décider où placer la fin de l’Intro et les points de début de " -"l’Outro. Marquer l'intégralité de l'Intro et de la sortie permet à Mixxx de " -"calculer la durée de chaque section et de l'afficher sur l'aperçu de la " -"forme d'onde. Ces informations peuvent vous aider à savoir quand appuyer sur" -" lecture sur la piste suivante. :ref:`Auto DJ peut également utiliser ces " +"Vous pouvez décider où placer les points de fin de Intro et de début de " +"Outro. Marquer l'intégralité de Intro et de Outro permet à Mixxx de calculer" +" la durée de chaque section et de l'afficher sur l'aperçu de la forme " +"d'onde. Ces informations peuvent vous aider à savoir quand appuyer sur " +"lecture sur la piste suivante. :ref:`Auto DJ peut également utiliser ces " "informations ` pour aligner les pistes et " "déterminer la durée du fondu enchainé." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:336 msgid "Intro and outro section on a track" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Section Intro et Outro d'une piste" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:336 msgid "" "Intro end and outro start markers placed on the track alongside the intro " "start and the outro end markers to make sections" msgstr "" +"Marqueurs de fin de Intro et de début de Outro placés sur la piste à côté " +"des marqueurs de début de Intro et de fin de Outro, pour créer des sections" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:341 msgid "Mixing With Intro & Outro Cues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mixage avec repères de Intro et de Outro" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:343 msgid "" "You can line up the ends of the intro and outro so the energy of the new " "song picks up right as the old track ends." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez aligner les fins de Intro et de Outro afin que l’énergie de la " +"nouvelle chanson reprenne exactement à la fin de l’ancienne piste." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:351 msgid "Intro and outro ends aligned" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fins de Intro et Outro alignées" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:351 msgid "Intro and outro end markers aligned showing on the waveform" msgstr "" +"Marqueurs de fin de Intro et de Outro alignés et affichés sur la forme " +"d'onde" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:353 msgid "" @@ -835,10 +947,19 @@ msgid "" "intro. If you have changed the tempo of the track, the time remaining scales" " to show the real time remaining at the adjusted tempo." msgstr "" +"Si Intro et Outro sont suffisamment courtes pour tenir sur la forme d'onde " +"en même temps, vous pouvez simplement regarder les formes d'onde et appuyer " +"sur Lecture lorsque les marqueurs s'alignent. Sinon, vous pouvez regarder le" +" temps restant sur la platine et passer le curseur de votre souris sur la " +"ligne de fin de Outro sur l'aperçu de la forme d'onde. Mixxx vous montrera " +"combien de temps il reste jusqu'à ce point. Lorsque ce temps est égal à la " +"durée de Intro, appuyer sur Lecture pour aligner précisément la fin de " +"Intro. Si vous avez modifié le tempo de la piste, le temps restant évolue " +"pour afficher le temps réel restant au tempo ajusté." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst-1 msgid "Two tracks with the ends of the outro and intro aligned" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deux pistes avec les fins de Outro et de Intro alignées" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:365 msgid "" @@ -847,6 +968,10 @@ msgid "" " old track. Then, press play on the new track when the old track reaches the" " outro start." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également aligner les débuts de Intro et Outro. Dans ce cas, " +"observer la forme d'onde défilante lorsque le point de départ de Outro " +"arrive sur l'ancienne piste. Ensuite, appuyer sur Lecture sur la nouvelle " +"piste lorsque l’ancienne piste atteint le début de Outro." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:368 msgid "" @@ -855,6 +980,10 @@ msgid "" "what the vibe of the crowd is at that moment, and what you want to do with " "the mix." msgstr "" +"Il n’y a pas de règles sur la méthode à utiliser. La méthode que vous " +"décidez d'utiliser est un jugement artistique basé sur le contenu musical de" +" chaque piste, l'ambiance de la foule à ce moment-là et ce que vous voulez " +"faire du mix." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:371 msgid "" @@ -869,10 +998,22 @@ msgid "" "that is from the end of the track to compare it to the length of the intro " "of the next track." msgstr "" +"Si vous n'avez pas marqué les points de fin de Intro et de début de Outro " +"lors du chargement d'une piste, vous pouvez les trouver et les marquer au " +"casque avant de mixer la piste. Revenez ensuite au début de Intro pour " +"préparer la piste. Si vous n'avez pas le temps de trouver le point final de " +"Outro avant de mixer la piste, vous pouvez utiliser la fonction de clonage " +"de platine pour faire glisser et déposer sur une nouvelle platine, puis " +"rechercher à l'avance sur la nouvelle platine et écouter au casque pour " +"marquer le point de départ de Outro. Si vous n'avez pas le temps de le faire" +" non plus, vous pouvez faire clic-droit sur l'aperçu de la forme d'onde à " +"l'endroit où vous pensez que le Outro commence. Rechercher ensuite à quelle " +"distance se trouve la fin du titre pour la comparer à la longueur de Intro " +"du titre suivant." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:383 msgid "Outro right click" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clic-droit Outro" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:383 msgid "" @@ -882,10 +1023,15 @@ msgid "" "start point, you would have to do some math in your head to find exactly how" " long the outro is." msgstr "" +"Ici, Outro dure environ 30 secondes. Cependant, l'analyseur a placé le point" +" final de Outro avant la fin de la piste, donc Outro dure en fait un peu " +"moins de 30 secondes. Sans marquer le point de départ de Outro, vous devrez " +"faire quelques calculs dans votre tête pour déterminer exactement la durée " +"de Outro." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:390 msgid "Auto DJ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Auto DJ" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:402 msgid "Mixxx library - Auto DJ view" @@ -908,6 +1054,10 @@ msgid "" " for a human DJ. However, it is good enough to give a human DJ a break " "without a major disruption to the mix." msgstr "" +"Auto DJ ne prend pas en compte le volume de chaque piste, ni le contenu des " +"fréquences, ni les rythmes, il n'est donc pas destiné à remplacer un DJ " +"humain. Cependant, c’est suffisant pour donner une pause à un DJ humain sans" +" perturber significativement le mix." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:411 msgid "Loading tracks into Auto DJ" @@ -963,7 +1113,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:438 msgid "Automatically adding tracks from crates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajout automatique de pistes à partir des bacs" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:440 msgid "" @@ -1124,37 +1274,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:499 msgid "Auto DJ Mix Modes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modes des mixage Auto DJ" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:500 msgid "Auto DJ has several modes it can use to mix tracks:" msgstr "" +"Auto DJ dispose de plusieurs modes qu'il peut utiliser pour mixer des " +"pistes :" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:502 msgid "Full Intro + Outro" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Intro + Outro complet" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:503 msgid "Fade At Outro Start" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fondu au début de Outro" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:504 msgid "Full Track" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Piste entière" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:505 msgid "Skip Silence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Passer les silences" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:507 msgid "" "The Full Intro + Outro and Fade At Outro Start modes both use the intro and " "outro cues but the Full Track and Skip Silence cues do not." msgstr "" +"Les modes \"Intro + Outro complet\" et \"Fondu au début de Outro\" utilisent" +" tous deux les repères de Intro et de Outro, mais pas les modes \"Piste " +"entière\" et \"Passer les silences\"." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:512 msgid "Full Intro + Outro and Fade At Outro Start" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Intro + Outro complet et Fondu au début de Outro" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:513 msgid "" @@ -1164,25 +1319,35 @@ msgid "" "compares the duration of the outro of the old track and the intro of the new" " track. Auto DJ picks the time of the shorter section as the crossfade time." msgstr "" +"Les modes Auto DJ \"Intro + Outro complet\" et \"Fondu au début de Outro\" " +"utilisent les :ref:`repères Intro & Outro ` pour " +"déterminer la durée du fondu enchainé et comment aligner les pistes dans le " +"temps. Dans les deux modes, Auto DJ compare la durée de Outro de l'ancienne " +"piste avec Intro de la nouvelle piste. Auto DJ choisit le temps de la " +"section la plus courte comme temps de fondu enchainé." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:515 msgid "" "In both modes, if the outro is shorter than the intro, Auto DJ will align " "the start of the outro with the start of the intro." msgstr "" +"Dans les deux modes, si Outro est plus courte que Intro, Auto DJ alignera le" +" début de Outro avec le début de Intro." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:522 msgid "Intro and outro start markers aligned by Auto DJ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marqueurs de début Intro et de Outro alignés par Auto DJ" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:524 msgid "" "The two modes work differently when the outro is longer than the intro." msgstr "" +"Les deux modes fonctionnent différemment lorsque Outro est plus long que " +"Intro." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:527 msgid "**Full Intro + Outro Mode**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Mode Intro + Outro complet**" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:527 msgid "" @@ -1192,19 +1357,26 @@ msgid "" "This mode is the most likely to sound good with the widest variety of " "tracks. Therefore, it is the default mode." msgstr "" +"La longueur complète de Intro et de Outro est toujours jouée. Lorsque Outro " +"est plus long que Intro, Auto DJ aligne la fin de Intro et de Outro en " +"commençant la piste suivante pendant Outro de la piste précédente. Ce mode " +"est le plus susceptible de donner un bon son avec la plus grande variété de " +"pistes. Il s'agit donc du mode par défaut." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:534 msgid "Intro and outro end cues aligned by Auto DJ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Repères de fin Intro et Outro alignés par Auto DJ" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:534 msgid "" "Intro and outro start cues aligned by Auto DJ in Full Intro + Outro mode" msgstr "" +"Repère de début Intro et Outro alignées par Auto DJ en mode Intro + Outro " +"complet" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:537 msgid "**Fade At Outro Start**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Fondu au début de Outro**" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:537 msgid "" @@ -1213,18 +1385,23 @@ msgid "" "helpful if you want to prevent the energy of the mix from declining during a" " long outro. However, the transition may sound abrupt if the intro is short." msgstr "" +"Auto DJ aligne toujours le début de Intro et de Outro. Lorsque Outro est " +"plus longue que Intro, Auto DJ coupe la fin de Outro. Cela peut être utile " +"si vous souhaitez éviter que l’énergie du mix ne décline au cours d’un long " +"Outro. Cependant, la transition peut paraitre abrupte si Intro est court." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:544 msgid "Auto DJ fade at outro start" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fondu Auto DJ au début de Outro" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:544 msgid "Intro and outro start cues aligned by Auto DJ in Fade At Outro mode" msgstr "" +"Repères de début Intro et Outro alignées par Auto DJ en mode \"Fondu Outro\"" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:547 msgid "Full Track and Skip Silence" -msgstr "" +msgstr " Piste entière et Passer les silences" #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:548 msgid "" @@ -1235,9 +1412,20 @@ msgid "" "automatically cuts out silence at the beginning and ends of tracks (defined " "as when the signal first goes above or below -60 dBFS)." msgstr "" +"Les modes Auto DJ \"Piste entière\" et \"Passer les silences\" n'utilisent " +"pas les signaux Intro et Outro. Ils effectuent un fondu enchainé des pistes " +"pendant un nombre de secondes que vous spécifiez dans la case à côté du menu" +" de sélection de mode. Le mode \"Piste entière\" lit toute la longueur de " +"chaque fichier. Le mode \"Passer les silences\" fonctionne de la même " +"manière mais coupe automatiquement le silence au début et à la fin des " +"pistes (défini comme lorsque le signal passe pour la première fois au-dessus" +" ou en dessous de -60 dBFS)." #: ../../chapters/djing_with_mixxx.rst:550 msgid "" "If you still want to use Auto DJ like a normal music player application, use" " one of these modes with a transition time of 0 seconds." msgstr "" +"Si vous souhaitez toujours utiliser Auto DJ comme une application de lecture" +" de musique normale, utilisez l'un de ces modes avec une durée de transition" +" de 0 seconde." diff --git a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/effects.po b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/effects.po index ec2b8bdb33..dfd18c2378 100644 --- a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/effects.po +++ b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/effects.po @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Daniel Schürmann , 2022 +# Rafael French , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-24 15:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Daniel Schürmann , 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Rafael French , 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -276,7 +277,7 @@ msgstr "entrées auxiliaires" #: ../../chapters/effects.rst:34 msgid "the main mix" -msgstr "" +msgstr "le mix principal" #: ../../chapters/effects.rst:35 msgid "the :term:`PFL` (headphone) mix" @@ -301,7 +302,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/effects.rst:48 msgid "Effect unit buttons located in the deck" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Boutons de l'unité d'effet situés dans la platine" #: ../../chapters/effects.rst:48 msgid "The effect unit buttons located in the deck." @@ -323,6 +324,12 @@ msgid "" "button on deck 2, and so on. It's also possible to route a single deck to " "multiple effect units, or multiple decks to a single effect unit." msgstr "" +"Pour acheminer la platine 1 vers l'unité d'effet 1, cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`FX1` sur la platine 1 pour l'allumer. Pour acheminer la platine 2" +" vers l'unité d'effets 2, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`FX2` sur la " +"platine 2, et ainsi de suite. Il est également possible d'acheminer une " +"seule platine vers plusieurs unités d'effets, ou plusieurs platines vers une" +" seule unité d'effets." #: ../../chapters/effects.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -345,6 +352,13 @@ msgid "" "processed after the faders for the :term:`main output`. Refer to the " ":ref:`effects-in-headphones` section below for details." msgstr "" +"Les effets sont traités après les curseurs de platine et le curseur de " +"mixage. Cela permet à des effets comme Echo et Reverb de continuer à émettre" +" du son après que leur entrée ait été coupée en baissant le curseur. " +"Contrairement aux autres logiciels et matériels DJ, les effets peuvent " +"également être entendus dans le casque même s'ils sont traités après les " +"curseurs pour la :term:`sortie principale`. Voir la section :ref:`effects-" +"in-headphones` ci-dessous pour plus de détails." #: ../../chapters/effects.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -531,6 +545,12 @@ msgid "" " are processed in parallel for the :term:`headphone output` (prefader) and " ":term:`main output` (postfader)." msgstr "" +"Pour pré-écouter le son d'une piste avec des effets avant de mixer la piste," +" attribuer simplement la platine à une unité d'effets et activer le bouton " +"casque de la platine. Noter que cela augmentera l'usage du CPU par rapport à" +" l'attribution d'une unité d'effet à une platine sans le bouton du casque " +"activé. En effet, les effets sont traités en parallèle pour la :term:`sortie" +" casque` (préfader) et la :term:`sortie principale` (postfader)." #: ../../chapters/effects.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -575,6 +595,8 @@ msgstr "Activer l'unité d'effet de la platine" #: ../../chapters/effects.rst:172 msgid "Turn the mix knob right so the effects are heard in the main output" msgstr "" +"Tourner le potentiomètre de mixage vers la droite pour que les effets soient" +" entendus sur la sortie principale" #: ../../chapters/effects.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -586,11 +608,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/effects.rst:179 msgid "Controller Effects Mapping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mappage des effets du contrôleur" #: ../../chapters/effects.rst:184 msgid "Usage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilisation" #: ../../chapters/effects.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -600,6 +622,11 @@ msgid "" "controlling all 3 effects of a chain or controlling each parameter of one " "effect." msgstr "" +"Cette section décrit comment utiliser le mappage Mixxx standard pour les " +"sections d'effets sur des contrôleurs avec la disposition typique de 4 " +"boutons (ou 3 boutons + 1 encodeur) et 4 boutons pour les effets. Il vous " +"permet de basculer entre le contrôle des 3 effets d'une chaine ou le " +"contrôle de chaque paramètre d'un effet." #: ../../chapters/effects.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -609,6 +636,13 @@ msgid "" "for the mix (dry/wet) knob of the whole chain. On controllers designed for " "Serato, the :guilabel:`Beats` encoder is used as the mix knob." msgstr "" +"Par défaut, 3 potentiomètres sont utilisés pour contrôler les méta-" +"potentiomètres d'effet et les boutons situés en dessous qui " +"activent/désactivent chaque effet. Pour activer/désactiver temporairement un" +" effet, maintenir enfoncé un bouton d'activation d'effet. Le 4ème bouton est" +" utilisé pour le bouton de mixage (dry/wet) de toute la chaine. Sur les " +"contrôleurs conçus pour Serato, l'encodeur :guilabel:`Beats` est utilisé " +"comme bouton de mixage." #: ../../chapters/effects.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -617,18 +651,27 @@ msgid "" "this button pressed, the enable buttons for each effect switch to choosing " "which effect is focused. When an effect is focused:" msgstr "" +"Le bouton à côté du potentiomètre de mixage est utilisé pour concentrer les " +"effets. Sur les contrôleurs conçus pour Serato, ce bouton est étiqueté " +":guilabel:`Tap`. Tout en maintenant ce bouton enfoncé, les boutons " +"d'activation de chaque effet permettent de choisir l'effet sur lequel se " +"concentrer. Lorsqu'un effet est focalisé :" #: ../../chapters/effects.rst:192 msgid "" "the knobs switch to controlling the first 3 parameters of that effect " "instead of the metaknobs of each effect in the chain;" msgstr "" +"les potentiomètres commutent pour contrôler les 3 premiers paramètres de cet" +" effet au lieu des méta-potentiomètres de chaque effet de la chaine," #: ../../chapters/effects.rst:193 msgid "" "the buttons switch to controlling the first 3 button parameters of the " "effect; and" msgstr "" +"les boutons commutent pour contrôler les 3 premiers paramètres des boutons " +"de l'effet, et" #: ../../chapters/effects.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -639,6 +682,13 @@ msgid "" "you short press the focus button again, the previously focused effect will " "be refocused (it is not remembered when you shut down Mixxx though)." msgstr "" +"La LED focus du bouton indique si un effet est focalisé. Lorsque sa LED est " +"allumée, vous pouvez maintenir le bouton enfoncé pour voir quel effet est " +"focalisé sans avoir à regarder l'écran de l'ordinateur. Pour dé-focaliser " +"l'effet, vous pouvez appuyer brièvement sur le bouton de focus. L'effet " +"focalisé est mémorisé, donc lorsque vous appuyez à nouveau brièvement sur le" +" bouton de focus, l'effet précédemment focalisé sera recentré (il n'est " +"cependant pas mémorisé lorsque vous arrêtez Mixxx)." #: ../../chapters/effects.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -648,6 +698,11 @@ msgid "" "focused is helpful for experimenting with different ways of linking " "parameters to the metaknob." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez aussi, si vous souhaitez conserver tous les paramètres affichés " +"à l'écran, appuyer et maintenir le bouton de focus, puis appuyer sur le " +"bouton de l'effet ciblé pour le dé-focaliser. Afficher tous les paramètres " +"sans focaliser un effet est utile pour expérimenter différentes manières de " +"lier les paramètres au méta-potentiomètre." #: ../../chapters/effects.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -656,19 +711,28 @@ msgid "" "Mixxx. Typically this is used to toggle between :ref:`Effect Units ` 1 & 3 or 2 & 4, like deck toggle buttons." msgstr "" +"Lorsque le bouton de focus est enfoncé avec Shift, l'unité d'effet bascule " +"entre le contrôle de différents :ref:`Unités d'effet ` " +"dans Mixxx. Généralement, ceci est utilisé pour basculer entre les " +":ref:`Unités d'effet ` 1 & 3 ou 2 & 4, comme les " +"boutons activation/désactivation de la platine." #: ../../chapters/effects.rst:201 msgid "To load different effects, hold shift and turn the knob for an effect." msgstr "" +"Pour charger différents effets, maintenir Shift et tourner le potentiomètre " +"pour un effet." #: ../../chapters/effects.rst:203 msgid "" "To load chain presets 1-4, press the buttons with shift (new in Mixxx 2.4)." msgstr "" +"Pour charger les préréglages de chaine 1 à 4, appuyer sur les boutons avec " +"Shift (nouveau dans Mixxx 2.4)." #: ../../chapters/effects.rst:208 msgid "Implementation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Implémentation" #: ../../chapters/effects.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -680,3 +744,10 @@ msgid "" "effectunit>`_ . It provides building blocks for entire units (effect units, " "decks) or just single controls." msgstr "" +"Le comportement décrit est implémenté avec les composants d'effet de la " +"bibliothèque `Components-JS " +"`_ . Si vous souhaitez " +"créer ou mettre à jour un mappage, voir `Components-JS > Effect Unit " +"`_ . Il fournit des éléments de base pour des unités entières " +"(unités d’effets, platines) ou seulement des commandes uniques." diff --git a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/example_setups.po b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/example_setups.po index cb10f59288..dfbf97d543 100644 --- a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/example_setups.po +++ b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/example_setups.po @@ -259,6 +259,9 @@ msgid "" "Compatibility>`_ lists specific devices with information about their prices," " features, and compatibility with Mixxx." msgstr "" +"Le `DJ Hardware Guide `_ répertorie les appareils spécifiques avec des informations " +"sur leurs prix, leurs fonctionnalités et leur compatibilité avec Mixxx." #: ../../chapters/example_setups.rst:24 msgid "Computer Only" @@ -288,6 +291,16 @@ msgid "" "output. However, it can be used by radio DJs who only need to send the main " "mix to a broadcast audience." msgstr "" +"Cette configuration peut être utilisée avec une seule sortie audio pour " +"haut-parleurs ou casque pour pratiquer le DJé sans investir dans aucun " +"équipement autre qu'un ordinateur et un ensemble de haut-parleurs ou de " +"casque. Avec cette configuration, utilisez le:ref:`potentiomètre " +"pré/principal ` pour basculer entre le mixage principal" +" et le signal :term:`PFL`. Cette configuration ne peut pas être utilisée " +"pour jouer devant un public en direct car le mixage principal n'est pas " +"envoyé vers une sortie d'interface audio. Cependant, il peut être utilisé " +"par les DJ de radio qui n'ont besoin que d'envoyer le mix principal à un " +"public de diffusion." #: ../../chapters/example_setups.rst:39 ../../chapters/example_setups.rst:69 #: ../../chapters/example_setups.rst:112 ../../chapters/example_setups.rst:147 @@ -374,6 +387,8 @@ msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Main` drop-down menu, select your built-in audio " "interface, then :guilabel:`Channels 1-2`" msgstr "" +"Dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Principal`, sélectionner votre interface " +"audio intégrée, puis :guilabel:`Canaux 1-2`" #: ../../chapters/example_setups.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -438,6 +453,8 @@ msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Main` drop-down menu, select your built-in audio " "interface, then :guilabel:`Channel 1`" msgstr "" +"Dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Principal`, sélectionner votre interface " +"audio intégrée, puis :guilabel:`Canal 1`" #: ../../chapters/example_setups.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -482,6 +499,8 @@ msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Main` drop-down menu, select the external audio " "interface, then :guilabel:`Channels 1-2`" msgstr "" +"Dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Principal`, sélectionner l'interface audio" +" externe, puis :guilabel:`Canaux 1-2`" #: ../../chapters/example_setups.rst:151 ../../chapters/example_setups.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -533,6 +552,8 @@ msgid "" "Using Mixxx together with a DJ controller and integrated audio\n" "interface" msgstr "" +"Utiliser Mixxx avec un contrôleur DJ possédant un système audio intégré\n" +"interface" #: ../../chapters/example_setups.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -552,6 +573,8 @@ msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Main` drop-down menu, select your controller's audio " "interface, then :guilabel:`Channels 1-2`" msgstr "" +"Depuis le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Principal`, sélectionner l'interface " +"audio du contrôleur puis :guilabel:`Canaux 1-2`" #: ../../chapters/example_setups.rst:194 msgid "" diff --git a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/getting_involved.po b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/getting_involved.po index ad36764087..2965bac03b 100644 --- a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/getting_involved.po +++ b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/getting_involved.po @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Daniel Schürmann , 2022 +# Rafael French , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-24 15:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Daniel Schürmann , 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Rafael French , 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -256,22 +257,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/getting_involved.rst:21 msgid "`Make skins `_" msgstr "" +"`Faire des thèmes `_" #: ../../chapters/getting_involved.rst:22 msgid "" "`Make MIDI mappings `_ for your controller" msgstr "" +"`Faire des mappages MIDI `_ pour votre contrôleur" #: ../../chapters/getting_involved.rst:25 msgid "`Report bugs `_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Signaler des bogues `_" #: ../../chapters/getting_involved.rst:26 msgid "" "Update our `Wiki `_ to make sure the " "information on it is up to date." msgstr "" +"Mettre à jour notre`Wiki `_ pour vous" +" assurer que les informations qui y figurent sont à jour." #: ../../chapters/getting_involved.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -286,6 +292,8 @@ msgid "" "Answer questions on the `Help & Support Forum " "`_" msgstr "" +"Répondre aux questions sur le `Forum d'aide et d'assistance " +"`_" #: ../../chapters/getting_involved.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -333,12 +341,19 @@ msgid "" "`_ and fork our code. See `Using Git for Mixxx " "Development `_" msgstr "" +"Créez un compte sur notre plateforme de développement `Github " +"`_ et créer une version dérivée de notre code " +"source (fork). Voir `Utilisation de Git pour le développement Mixxx " +"`_" #: ../../chapters/getting_involved.rst:48 msgid "" "Get familiar with the code. Pick a bug off of the `Easy Bug List " "`_" msgstr "" +"Familiarisez-vous avec le code. Choisir un bug sur la `Liste de bogues " +"facile " +"`_" #: ../../chapters/getting_involved.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -357,6 +372,8 @@ msgid "" "Pick a bug off of the `Easy Bug List " "`_" msgstr "" +"Choisissez un bug sur le `Liste de bogues facile " +"`_" #: ../../chapters/getting_involved.rst:57 msgid "Talk to us on :term:`Zulip` for help on how to fix it." diff --git a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/getting_started.po b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/getting_started.po index 862ddff710..01ddb6c00c 100644 --- a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/getting_started.po +++ b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/getting_started.po @@ -224,13 +224,16 @@ msgstr "Commencer" #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:9 msgid "Installing Mixxx" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installation de Mixxx" #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:10 msgid "" "After `downloading Mixxx from our Website `_, " "you need to install it on your computer." msgstr "" +"Après avoir `télécharger Mixxx depuis notre site Web " +"`_, vous devez l'installer sur votre " +"ordinateur." #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:14 ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "**Windows**" @@ -241,10 +244,12 @@ msgid "" "Double-click the Mixxx installation file and go through the installation " "wizard." msgstr "" +"Double-cliquer sur le fichier d'installation Mixxx et suiver l'assistant " +"d'installation." #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:18 ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:53 msgid "**macOS**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**macOS**" #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -256,23 +261,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:22 msgid "**Linux**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Linux**" #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:21 msgid "" "No steps are necessary after you followed the instructions on the download " "page." msgstr "" +"Aucune étape n'est nécessaire après avoir suivi les instructions sur la page" +" de téléchargement." #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:25 msgid "Upgrading Mixxx" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mise à niveau de Mixxx" #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:30 msgid "" "You may safely install Mixxx on top of any previous version. You don't need " "to uninstall the old version." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez installer Mixxx en toute sécurité par-dessus toute version " +"précédente. Vous n'avez pas besoin de désinstaller l'ancienne version." #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -282,6 +291,12 @@ msgid "" "therefore you may want to make a backup of your existing settings just in " "case." msgstr "" +"Vos paramètres et votre bibliothèque ne seront ni supprimés ni " +"réinitialisés, mais ils pourront être mis à niveau lorsque vous lancerez la " +"nouvelle version de Mixxx. Notez que nous ne garantissons pas que les " +"nouvelles configurations fonctionneront sur les anciennes versions de Mixxx," +" vous souhaiterez donc peut-être faire une sauvegarde de vos paramètres " +"existants au cas où." #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -290,7 +305,7 @@ msgid "" "files`." msgstr "" "Pour les emplacements dans chaque :term:`OS ` pris en " -"charge ainsi que des descriptions détaillées des fichiers de paramètres, " +"charge, ainsi que des descriptions détaillées des fichiers de paramètres, " "voir :ref:`appendix-settings-files`." #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:41 @@ -302,6 +317,8 @@ msgid "" "|logo| Once you've installed Mixxx, start by opening Mixxx and importing " "your music to the Mixxx library." msgstr "" +"|logo| Une fois que vous avez installé Mixxx, commencez par ouvrir Mixxx et " +"importez votre musique dans la bibliothèque de Mixxx." #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -359,8 +376,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:79 msgid "Mixxx running on Windows 10 - Choose music library directory dialog" msgstr "" -"Mixxx fonctionnant sous Windows 10 - Choix du répertoire de la bibliothèque " -"musicale" +"Mixxx fonctionnant sous Windows 10 - Choix du répertoire de la bibliothèque" #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -424,6 +440,11 @@ msgid "" "waveform overviews, detects file corruption, and calculates the :term:`BPM` " "values." msgstr "" +"|ic_lib_analyze| Mixxx analyse automatiquement les pistes la première fois " +"que vous les chargez dans une platine. Cela vous permet d'exécuter la " +"détection de :term:`beatgrid`, :term:`key`, et :term:`ReplayGain` à l'avance" +" sur les pistes. Il prépare également les aperçus des formes d'onde, détecte" +" la corruption des fichiers et calcule les valeurs :term:`BPM`." #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:111 msgid "For more information, go to :ref:`configuration-bpm-detection`." @@ -431,7 +452,7 @@ msgstr "Pour plus d'information, voir :ref:`configuration-bpm-detection`." #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:114 msgid "Why you should analyze your audio files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pourquoi devez-vous analyser vos fichiers audio" #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -444,10 +465,20 @@ msgid "" "analysis takes considerable CPU power and might cause skips in the audio ---" " things you surely don't need while performing." msgstr "" +"Si les morceaux n'ont jamais été joués avec Mixxx auparavant, les colonnes " +"de la bibliothèque :guilabel:`BPM`, :guilabel:`Duration` et :guilabel:`Key` " +"seront vides ou peu fiables (car les valeurs sont simplement lues à partir " +"des tags du fichier si présent et peut être erroné). La pré-génération de " +"grilles rythmiques vous donne la possibilité de revérifier les marqueurs de " +"battements pour vous assurer qu'ils sont corrects. Les erreurs dans les " +"battement peuvent entrainer des difficultés lors de la synchronisation des " +"pistes. De plus, l'analyse des pistes nécessite une puissance CPU " +"considérable et peut provoquer des sauts dans l'audio - des choses dont vous" +" n'avez surement pas besoin pendant que vous performez." #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:124 msgid "How to analyze your audio files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment analyser vos fichiers audio" #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -472,18 +503,27 @@ msgid "" "range of tracks. Once they've been highlighted, click the " ":guilabel:`Analyze` button on the top right of the library section." msgstr "" +"Pour analyser quelques pistes spécifiques, maintenir le bouton :kbd:`Ctrl` " +"enfoncé et sélectionner les pistes que vous souhaitez analyser ou vous " +"pouvez :kbd:`shift`-sélectionner une plage de pistes. Une fois qu'ils ont " +"été mis en surbrillance, cliquer sur le bouton :guilabel:`Analyser` en haut " +"à droite de la section bibliothèque." #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:130 msgid "" "To analyze the newly added tracks, toggle the :guilabel:`New` label and then" " click :guilabel:`Analyze`." msgstr "" +"Pour analyser les pistes nouvellement ajoutées, activer :guilabel:`Nouveau`," +" puis cliquer sur :guilabel:`Analyser`." #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:131 msgid "" "To analyze the entire library, toggle the :guilabel:`All` label and then " "click :guilabel:`Analyze`." msgstr "" +"Pour analyser la bibliothèque entière, activer :guilabel:`Tous`, puis " +"cliquer sur :guilabel:`Analyser`." #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -491,12 +531,18 @@ msgid "" "top left of the analysis pane - just above the :guilabel:`Preview` and " ":guilabel:`Cover Art` column titles of the library." msgstr "" +"Les boutons activer-désactiver :guilabel:`Nouveau` et :guilabel:`Tous` sont " +"situés en haut à gauche du volet d'analyse - juste au-dessus des titres des " +"colonnes :guilabel:`Aperçu` et :guilabel:`Pochette d'album` de la " +"bibliothèque." #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:134 msgid "" "While analyzing, the progress in percentage and total queue length are " "shown." msgstr "" +"Pendant l'analyse, la progression en pourcentage et la longueur totale de la" +" file d'attente sont affichées." #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:139 msgid "Configuring sound input and output" @@ -553,6 +599,9 @@ msgid "" "*Main*: all decks, samplers, microphones, and auxiliary inputs mixed " "together. This output is sent to the speakers for the audience." msgstr "" +"*Principal*: toutes les platines, échantillonneurs, microphones et entrées " +"auxiliaires mélangés ensemble. Cette sortie est envoyée aux haut-parleurs " +"pour le public." #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:170 msgid "" @@ -565,6 +614,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:172 msgid "*Booth*: same as main output, but has a separate gain control" msgstr "" +"*Cabine*: identique à la sortie principale, mais avec un contrôle de gain " +"séparé" #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:174 #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:190 @@ -582,6 +633,9 @@ msgid "" "*Bus Left/Center/Right*: all decks, samplers, and auxiliary inputs assigned " "to each side of Mixxx's :term:`crossfader`" msgstr "" +"*Bus gauche/central/droit* : tous les platines, échantillonneurs et entrées " +"auxiliaires sont assignés à chaque côté du :term:`Curseur de mixage` de " +"Mixxx" #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:181 msgid "Input Options" @@ -611,6 +665,10 @@ msgid "" " you have a microphone plugged into the mixer, do not configure the " "Microphone 1-4 inputs." msgstr "" +"*Enregistrer/Diffuser*: Lorsque ceci est configuré, Mixxx enregistrera et " +"diffusera à partir de cette entrée d'interface audio au lieu du mixage " +"interne de la sortie principale. Si un microphone est branché sur la table " +"de mixage, ne configurer pas les entrées Microphone 1-4." #: ../../chapters/getting_started.rst:197 msgid "**Either internal or external mixing**:" diff --git a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/hardware.po b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/hardware.po index 795689d7e1..131ac7e6e9 100644 --- a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/hardware.po +++ b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/hardware.po @@ -241,10 +241,12 @@ msgid "" "To make DJing with Mixxx a fun experience, at least the following pieces are" " needed:" msgstr "" +"Pour DJé avec Mixxx et en faire une expérience amusante, au minimum les " +"éléments suivants sont nécessaires :" #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:22 msgid "speakers to play the music to the audience," -msgstr "" +msgstr "des haut-parleurs pour diffuser la musique au public," #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -252,46 +254,57 @@ msgid "" "output channels (or 2 mono output channels + a :ref:`DJ splitter cable " "`)," msgstr "" +"Une :ref:`interface audio ` avec 4 canaux de " +"sortie mono/2 stéréo (ou 2 canaux de sortie mono et un:ref:`câble " +"répartiteur DJ `)," #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:26 msgid "" ":ref:`headphones ` for prelistening tracks while " "another track is playing on the speakers, and" msgstr "" +":ref:`casque ` pour pré-écouter des pistes pendant " +"qu'une autre piste est en cours de lecture sur les haut-parleurs, et" #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:28 msgid "audio cables and adapters to connect the equipment to your computer." msgstr "" +"câbles audio et adaptateurs pour connecter l'équipement à votre ordinateur." #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:30 msgid "Additionally, you might consider getting the following equiment:" msgstr "" +"De plus, vous pourriez envisager de vous procurer le matériel suivant :" #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:32 msgid "a :ref:`controller `," -msgstr "" +msgstr "un :ref:`controlleur `," #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:33 msgid "" ":ref:`turntables `, an audio interface with phono " "inputs and :ref:`timecode vinyl `," msgstr "" +":ref:`tourne-disque `, une interface audio avec entrées" +" phono et :ref:`vinyle timecode`," #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:35 msgid "a laptop/controller stand," -msgstr "" +msgstr "un support pour ordinateur portable/contrôleur," #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:36 msgid "a surge protector to protect the equipment from voltage spikes," -msgstr "" +msgstr "un parasurtenseur pour protéger l'équipement des pointes de tension," #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:37 msgid "cases for laptop, controller and headphones, and" -msgstr "" +msgstr "étuis pour ordinateur portable, contrôleur et casque, et" #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:38 msgid "custom fader and knob caps to customize your gear." msgstr "" +"potentiomètre linéaire (faders) et capuchons de boutons personnalisés pour " +"personnaliser votre équipement." #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -420,6 +433,16 @@ msgid "" "stereo pairs). Such sound cards tend to be higher quality than those built " "into laptops and allow your mix to be enjoyed in stereo by your audience." msgstr "" +"La prise casque de la plupart des ordinateurs portables ne constitue pas une" +" deuxième sortie audio. Au lieu de cela, brancher un casque sur la prise " +"redirige simplement la sortie stéréo unique de l'ordinateur portable de ses " +"haut-parleurs vers votre casque. Un :ref:`câble répartiteur ` peut être utilisé pour séparer la sortie stéréo d'une " +"prise casque en deux sorties mono distinctes pour la pré-écoute au casque, " +"mais il est recommandé d'utiliser une carte son avec au moins quatre sorties" +" mono (pour deux paires stéréo). Ces cartes son ont tendance à être de " +"meilleure qualité que celles intégrées aux ordinateurs portables et " +"permettent à votre public d'apprécier votre mix en stéréo." #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -472,9 +495,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "La résolution détermine la plage dynamique possible du signal. 16 bits sont " "largement suffisants pour lire de la musique. Bien que le 24 bits soit utile" -" pour l'enregistrement, il est inutile pour la lecture " -" `_." +" pour l'enregistrement, `c'est inutile pour la lecture " +"`_." #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -502,6 +525,11 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" +"Pour une explication plus approfondie et technique de la raison pour " +"laquelle 16 bits à 44,1 kHz suffisent pour la lecture, voir `24/192 Music " +"Downloads Are Very Silly Indeed " +"`_." #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:139 msgid "Specifications" @@ -594,6 +622,16 @@ msgid "" "controllers have separate main and booth outputs with independent volume " "controls, but they both play the same signal." msgstr "" +"Les interfaces audio disposent parfois de plusieurs connecteurs pour un seul" +" canal, ce qui donne lieu à plus de connecteurs que de canaux. Ainsi, tous " +"les connecteurs ne peuvent pas envoyer ou recevoir un signal indépendant. " +"Par exemple, certaines interfaces audio conçues pour DJer disposent de 4 " +"canaux de sortie avec 4 connecteurs de sortie mono et 1 connecteur casque " +"stéréo. Cela ne signifie pas que l'interface audio peut envoyer 6 signaux " +"différents en même temps ; au lieu de cela, le signal sur 2 des sorties mono" +" et la sortie casque stéréo serait le même. De plus, de nombreux contrôleurs" +" disposent de sorties principales et cabine séparées avec des commandes de " +"volume indépendantes, mais elles diffusent toutes deux le même signal." #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:181 msgid "Vinyl Control and Phono Preamplifiers" @@ -636,7 +674,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:197 msgid "Driver Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prise en charge des pilotes" #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:198 msgid "" @@ -644,6 +682,9 @@ msgid "" "that is compatible with your operating system — including for timecode vinyl" " (DVS) use." msgstr "" +"Contrairement à certains programmes DJ propriétaires, Mixxx fonctionne avec " +"n'importe quelle interface audio compatible avec votre système " +"d'exploitation, y compris pour l'utilisation de vinyles avec timecode (DVS)." #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -652,6 +693,11 @@ msgid "" "audio interfaces in most DJ controllers. Sound cards that aren't USB Audio " "Class compliant need a driver for each OS." msgstr "" +"Les interfaces audio compatibles USB Audio Class devraient fonctionner " +"immédiatement sur tous les systèmes d'exploitation pris en charge par Mixxx." +" C'est le cas des interfaces audio intégrées dans la plupart des contrôleurs" +" DJ. Les cartes son qui ne sont pas compatibles USB Audio Class nécessitent " +"un pilote pour chaque système d'exploitation." #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:207 msgid "" @@ -659,6 +705,9 @@ msgid "" " compliant audio interfaces to be able to use the recommended ASIO sound " "API." msgstr "" +"Sous Windows, vous devez installer les pilotes du fabricant, même pour les " +"interfaces audio compatibles avec la classe USB, afin de pouvoir utiliser " +"l'API sonore ASIO recommandée." #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:211 msgid "" @@ -668,6 +717,12 @@ msgid "" "advertised as compatible with macOS or iOS but there are no drivers to " "download for macOS, the device is USB class compliant." msgstr "" +"Si vous envisagez d'acheter un contrôleur ou une interface audio, le moyen " +"le plus simple de savoir s'il est conforme à la classe USB avant de " +"l'acheter est de rechercher les pilotes macOS pour l'appareil sur le site " +"Web du fabricant. S'il est annoncé comme compatible avec macOS ou iOS mais " +"qu'il n'y a aucun pilote à télécharger pour macOS, l'appareil est conforme à" +" la classe USB." #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:220 msgid "Mixers" @@ -713,6 +768,12 @@ msgid "" "with separate gain controls for each output. It also facilitates smooth " "transitions between DJs." msgstr "" +"Souvent, les DJ qui utilisent un logiciel DJ avec mixage interne envoient " +"leur :term:`sortie principale` à une table de mixage matérielle. Cela peut " +"être utile pour envoyer le signal mixé à la fois à une sortie de haut-" +"parleur principal pour le public et à des haut-parleurs de cabine pour le DJ" +" avec des commandes de gain séparées pour chaque sortie. Il facilite " +"également des transitions fluides entre les DJ." #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:239 msgid "" @@ -724,6 +785,14 @@ msgid "" "Alternatively, a sound card with at least 6 output channels can be used with" " Mixxx's :guilabel:`Booth` output." msgstr "" +"Cependant, l'utilisation d'une table de mixage externe avec mixage interne " +"n'est pas nécessaire et réduit la qualité sonore. Chaque équipement traversé" +" par un signal audio réduit la qualité du son, donc éviter les équipements " +"inutiles sur le chemin du signal pour fournir une meilleure qualité sonore. " +"De nombreux contrôleurs DJ fournissent des sorties principale et cabine " +"séparées avec des commandes de volume indépendantes. Alternativement, une " +"carte son avec au moins 6 canaux de sortie peut être utilisée avec la sortie" +" :guilabel:`Cabine` de Mixxx." #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:247 msgid "" @@ -807,7 +876,7 @@ msgstr ":ref:`microphones`" #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:285 msgid "Headphones" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Casques" #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:287 msgid "" @@ -822,6 +891,18 @@ msgid "" " to hear the monitor or PA output better in one ear and compare it to the " "headphone output in the other ear." msgstr "" +"Être capable d'écouter ce que vous jouerez ensuite dans un casque avant que " +"votre public ne l'entende sur les enceintes principales ou sur votre flux de" +" diffusion est une partie essentielle du DJé. Les casques DJ sont " +"généralement de meilleure qualité que les casques grand public classiques. " +"Surtout, ils sont conçus pour avoir une bonne isolation, ce qui signifie " +"qu’ils bloquent le bruit extérieur. Cela permet au DJ de mieux se concentrer" +" sur le son du casque sans avoir à augmenter le volume pour étouffer le son " +"des haut parleurs, du système de sonorisation et des discussions. De plus, " +"les casques DJ sont dotés de charnières ou d'arceaux flexibles qui " +"permettent au DJ d'enlever un casque pour mieux entendre la sortie du haut " +"parleur ou de la sonorisation dans une oreille et la comparer à la sortie " +"casque dans l'autre oreille." #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:298 msgid "" @@ -834,6 +915,16 @@ msgid "" "sound quality than other headphones of a comparable price. DJ headphones " "with a closed design block out a lot of sound simply by being closed." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous achetez des écouteurs, tenir compte de leur capacité à isoler " +"le son et de leur durabilité. Les endroits les plus fréquents où les " +"écouteurs se cassent sont le point de fixation du câble et l'arceau. " +"Rechercher des écouteurs avec des câbles détachables, des bandeaux " +"métalliques et d'autres pièces remplaçables individuellement. Éviter les " +"écouteurs Bluetooth car ils peuvent ne pas être fiables et réduiront " +"toujours la qualité du son. Les écouteurs à réduction de bruit active ont " +"également tendance à avoir une qualité sonore moins bonne que les autres " +"écouteurs d’un prix comparable. Les écouteurs DJ au design fermé bloquent " +"une grande partie du son simplement en étant fermés." #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:307 msgid "" @@ -841,6 +932,10 @@ msgid "" "preference. Everyone's head is different, so headphones that are comfortable" " for a friend or a reviewer may not be comfortable for you." msgstr "" +"Le choix d’un casque supra-auriculaire ou circum-auriculaire est une " +"question de préférence personnelle. La tête de chacun est différente, donc " +"les écouteurs qui sont confortables pour un ami ou un évaluateur peuvent ne " +"pas l'être pour vous." #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:311 msgid "" @@ -850,10 +945,15 @@ msgid "" "musicians who play often in very loud environments to preserve their " "hearing." msgstr "" +"Les écouteurs intra-auriculaires (IEM) isolent mieux le son que les casques " +"mais sont plus chers. Ils coutent généralement plus du double du prix d’un " +"bon casque DJ de qualité comparable. Ils peuvent constituer un " +"investissement judicieux pour les musiciens qui jouent souvent dans des " +"environnements très bruyants afin de préserver leur audition." #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:319 msgid "Splitter Cables" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Câbles répartiteurs" #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:320 msgid "" @@ -863,6 +963,12 @@ msgid "" "signals. However, onboard audio interfaces are not good quality, and you " "lose the stereo effect of hearing different sounds arranged in space." msgstr "" +"Les câbles répartiteurs DJ sont le moyen le moins cher d'obtenir deux " +"sorties audio distinctes à partir de votre ordinateur. Ceux-ci se branchent " +"sur l'interface audio intégrée aux cartes mères d'ordinateur et divisent le " +"signal stéréo en deux signaux mono distincts. Cependant, les interfaces " +"audio embarquées ne sont pas de bonne qualité et vous perdez l’effet stéréo " +"d’entendre différents sons disposés dans l’espace." #: ../../chapters/hardware.rst:326 msgid "" @@ -873,3 +979,10 @@ msgid "" "generic stereo-to-mono splitter will only play sound on one side of the " "headphones or speakers." msgstr "" +"Les appareils commercialisés sous le nom de « séparateur de casque » au lieu" +" de séparateurs DJ dupliquent un signal stéréo dans deux prises. Ceux-ci ne " +"peuvent pas être utilisés pour la pré-écoute au casque. De plus, les câbles " +"ou adaptateurs répartiteurs stéréo-mono génériques ont généralement deux " +"sorties jack mono. Brancher un casque ou des haut-parleurs stéréo sur un " +"répartiteur stéréo-mono générique ne jouera le son que sur un côté du casque" +" ou des haut-parleurs." diff --git a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/introduction.po b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/introduction.po index b69229bbe7..7e80a3dc6f 100644 --- a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/introduction.po +++ b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/introduction.po @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Daniel Schürmann , 2022 +# Rafael French , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-24 15:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Daniel Schürmann , 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Rafael French , 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -266,16 +267,28 @@ msgid "" "known as a “sound card”, although most of them are not shaped like cards " "anymore)." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez utiliser Mixxx pour prévisualiser la piste suivante dans un " +"casque avant que le public ne l'entende, également appelé pré-écoute au " +"casque. Cela vous aide à choisir une piste adaptée au moment présent et qui " +"se mélangera bien aux pistes en cours de lecture. Pour utiliser la pré-" +"écoute au casque, vous avez besoin d'au moins 2 sorties audio distinctes, " +"généralement fournies par une interface audio USB (également appelée « carte" +" son », bien que la plupart d'entre elles n'aient plus la forme d'une " +"carte)." #: ../../chapters/introduction.rst:31 msgid "" "The :term:`shortcut` for headphone cueing in Deck1 is :kbd:`T` while for " "Deck 2 the shortcut is :kbd:`Y`." msgstr "" +"Le :term:`raccourcis` pour la pré-écoute au casque sur la Platine1 est " +":kbd:`T` tandis que pour la Platine2, le raccourci est :kbd:`Y`." #: ../../chapters/introduction.rst:33 msgid "Mixxx can be used in two different ways for headphone cueing:" msgstr "" +"Mixxx peut être utilisé de deux manières différentes pour la pré-écoute au " +"casque :" #: ../../chapters/introduction.rst:35 msgid "**Internal Mixing**" @@ -301,6 +314,8 @@ msgid "" "Using Mixxx together with a DJ controller and integrated audio\n" "interface" msgstr "" +"Utiliser Mixxx avec un contrôleur DJ possédant un système audio intégré\n" +"interface" #: ../../chapters/introduction.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -341,7 +356,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/introduction.rst:0 msgid "Using Mixxx together with turntables and external mixer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilisation de Mixxx avec des platines et une table de mixage externe" #: ../../chapters/introduction.rst:74 msgid "" diff --git a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/library.po b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/library.po index 588124d6ea..f8d3fd9732 100644 --- a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/library.po +++ b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/library.po @@ -246,6 +246,8 @@ msgid "" "If you want to backup (or delete) your library refer to :ref:`appendix-" "settings-files` and look for ``mixxxdb.sqlite``." msgstr "" +"Si vous souhaitez sauvegarder (ou supprimer) votre bibliothèque, reportez-" +"vous à :ref:`appendix-settings-files` et rechercher ``mixxxdb.sqlite``." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -399,15 +401,14 @@ msgstr "Exemple:" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:85 msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`BPM` column header -> list is sorted by BPM" msgstr "" -"Clique sur l'en-tête de colonne :guilabel:`BPM` -> la liste est triée par " -"BPM" +"Clic sur l'en-tête de colonne :guilabel:`BPM` -> la liste est triée par BPM" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:86 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Year` column header -> list is sorted by year. If " "year is equal, it is still sorted by the last criteria, e.g. BPM." msgstr "" -"Clique sur l'en-tête de colonne :guilabel:`Année` -> la liste est triée par " +"Clic sur l'en-tête de colonne :guilabel:`Année` -> la liste est triée par " "année. Si l'année est égale, elle est toujours triée selon les derniers " "critères, par exemple BPM." @@ -417,7 +418,7 @@ msgid "" "genre is equal, it is still sorted by year. If genre and year is equal, then" " it is sorted by BPM." msgstr "" -"Clique sur l'en-tête de colonne :guilabel:`Genre` -> la liste est triée par " +"Clic sur l'en-tête de colonne :guilabel:`Genre` -> la liste est triée par " "genre. Si le genre est égal, il est toujours trié par année. Si le genre et " "l'année sont égaux, ils sont triés par BPM." @@ -496,7 +497,7 @@ msgid "" "detailed information." msgstr "" "Pour charger une piste dans un :ref:`deck `, vous pouvez " -"soit la faire glisser vers l'affichage de la forme d'onde, utiliser le menu " +"soit le faire glisser vers l'affichage de la forme d'onde, utiliser le menu " "contextuel ou utiliser :term:`keyboard shortcuts `. Voir chapitre " ":ref:`library-loading-tracks` pour des informations détaillées." @@ -645,11 +646,11 @@ msgid "" "menu:" msgstr "" "Un clic-droit sur les pistes sélectionnées dans la liste des pistes fait " -"apparaître le menu contextuel:" +"apparaitre le menu contextuel :" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:169 msgid "**Add to Auto DJ**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Ajouter à la file d’attente Auto DJ**" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:171 msgid "" @@ -658,10 +659,15 @@ msgid "" "automatic mixing. The :guilabel:`replace` option deletes the Auto DJ queue " "first, and then fills it with the selected tracks." msgstr "" +"Ajoute le contenu de la sélection soit à la :guilabel:`fin` soit au " +":guilabel:`début` de la liste de la file d'attente :ref:`Auto DJ` pour le mixage automatique. L'option :guilabel:`remplacer` " +"supprime d'abord la file d'attente Auto DJ, puis la remplit avFlec les " +"pistes sélectionnées." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:176 msgid "**Load to**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Charger vers**" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:178 msgid "" @@ -672,10 +678,17 @@ msgid "" "differ, depending on the selected skin. Note that you can't load multiple " "files at once." msgstr "" +"Charge un fichier sélectionné dans l'un des fichiers disponibles " +":ref:`Platine `, :ref:`Échantillonneur `" +" ou la :ref:`Platine de pré-écoute `. Vous pouvez " +"également simplement le faire glisser vers :ref:`interface-waveform`. Le " +"nombre de platines et d'échantillonneurs disponibles peut différer en " +"fonction du thème sélectionné. Notez que vous ne pouvez pas charger " +"plusieurs fichiers à la fois." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:185 msgid "**Add to Playlist**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Ajouter à la liste de lecture**" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -683,10 +696,14 @@ msgid "" "playlist crate in the sidebar. Choose :guilabel:`Create new playlist` to put" " them into a new playlist." msgstr "" +"Ajouter les pistes sélectionnées à une liste de lecture existante ou faites " +"glisser la sélection vers un bac dans la barre latérale. Choisir " +":guilabel:`Créer une nouvelle liste de lecture` pour les mettre dans une " +"nouvelle liste de lecture." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:191 msgid "**Crates**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Bacs**" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -695,20 +712,28 @@ msgid "" "categorization of tracks without going through the menu from scratch. Choose" " :guilabel:`Create new Crate` to put them into a new crate." msgstr "" +"La case à cocher indique dans quels bacs existants se trouve la sélection. " +"La modification de la sélection des bacs ne réduit pas le menu, ce qui " +"permet une catégorisation beaucoup plus facile des pistes sans avoir à " +"parcourir le menu à partir de zéro. Choisir :guilabel:`Ajouter un nouveau " +"bac` pour les mettre dans un nouveau bac." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:198 msgid "**Select Color**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Sélectionner la couleur**" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:200 msgid "" "Assign a color to all selected tracks to indicate mood, energy etc. Select " "the black button at the top left to remove the color." msgstr "" +"Attribuer une couleur à toutes les pistes sélectionnées pour indiquer " +"l'humeur, l'énergie, etc. Sélectionner le bouton noir en haut à gauche pour " +"supprimer la couleur." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:203 msgid "**Metadata**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Métadonnées**" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -750,7 +775,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:217 msgid "**Cover Art**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Pochette d'album**" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -777,7 +802,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:225 msgid "**Clear**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Réinitialiser**" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -838,7 +863,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:244 msgid "**Change BPM**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Ajuster le BPM**" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:246 msgid "" @@ -848,6 +873,11 @@ msgid "" "in the :ref:`Analyzer Settings ` and re-run the" " analysis." msgstr "" +"Permet de changer le :term:`BPM` à 50%, 66%, 75%, 133,33%, 150% ou 200% du " +"BPM défini par Mixxx lors de l':ref:`analyse ` des pistes. " +"Si la plupart des valeurs BPM détectées sont incorrectes, vous pouvez " +"essayer d'autres paramètres dans le :ref:`paramétrage de l'analyse " +"` et ré-exécuter l'analyse." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -872,28 +902,40 @@ msgid "" "centered so that there is no audible difference in track volume, so this " "operation is safe to use during performance." msgstr "" +"**Mettre à jour ReplayGain à partir du gain de la platine** : applique la " +"valeur du bouton de gain d'entrée de la platine à la valeur ReplayGain " +"détectée pour la piste actuelle. Il s'agit d'un moyen de mettre à jour la " +"valeur ReplayGain d'une piste si elle a été détectée de manière incorrecte. " +"Lorsque cette option est sélectionnée, la valeur de gain d'entrée de la " +"platine sera centrée de manière à ce qu'il n'y ait aucune différence audible" +" dans le volume de la piste, cette opération peut donc être utilisée en " +"toute sécurité pendant la performance." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:265 msgid "**Hide from Library**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Masquer dans la bibliothèque**" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:267 msgid "" "Temporarily hides selected tracks from the track list. Hidden tracks are " "listed in the :guilabel:`Hidden Tracks` menu item which is explained below." msgstr "" +"Masque temporairement les pistes sélectionnées de la liste des pistes. Les " +"pistes masqués sont répertoriées dans l'élément de menu :guilabel:`Pistes " +"masquées` qui est expliqué ci-dessous. " #: ../../chapters/library.rst:271 msgid "**Open in File Browser**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ouvrir dans le navigateur de fichiers" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:273 msgid "Brings up the selected files in your file manager." msgstr "" +"Affiche les fichiers sélectionnés dans votre gestionnaire de fichiers." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:275 msgid "**Properties**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Propriétés**" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:277 msgid "" @@ -901,6 +943,11 @@ msgid "" "to view and edit metadata such as title, artist, album, and view the full " "file name and path. Note that you can not edit multiple files at once." msgstr "" +"Semblable à l'édition en ligne expliquée ci-dessus, la boite de dialogue des" +" propriétés vous permet d'afficher et de modifier des métadonnées telles que" +" le titre, l'artiste, l'album, ainsi que d'afficher le nom et le chemin " +"d'accès complet du fichier. Noter que vous ne pouvez pas modifier plusieurs " +"fichiers à la fois." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:282 msgid "" @@ -1011,8 +1058,7 @@ msgstr "Charger des pistes" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:339 msgid "Tracks can be loaded into a deck in several ways:" -msgstr "" -"Les pistes peuvent être chargées dans une platine de plusieurs manières :" +msgstr "Les pistes peuvent être chargées de plusieurs manières :" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:341 msgid "" @@ -1021,11 +1067,10 @@ msgid "" " Deck 1` and :guilabel:`Load in Deck 2`, among others. Making either " "selection will load a track into a deck." msgstr "" -"Clic-droit sur la :ref:`Bibliothèque de Mixxx `: Clic-" -"droit sur une piste dans le tableau vous proposera 2 possibilités " -":guilabel:`Charger vers platine 1` et :guilabel:`Charger vers platine 2`, " -"entre autres. Choisir l'une ou l'autre option chargera la piste sur la " -"platine." +":ref:`Bibliothèque de Mixxx `: Clic-droit sur une piste " +"dans le tableau et :guilabel:`Charger vers` vous proposera 3 possibilités " +":guilabel:`Platine`, :guilabel:`Échantillonneur et :guilabel:`Pré-écoute`. " +"Choisir l'une des options chargera la piste sur la sélection." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:345 msgid "" @@ -1034,6 +1079,11 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`Shift` + :kbd:`←` to load into Deck 1 and :kbd:`Shift` + :kbd:`→` to " "load into Deck 2." msgstr "" +"Par :ref:`control-keyboard` pour charger la piste sélectionnée dans la table" +" des pistes de la bibliothèque. Utiliser es boutons fléchés du clavier " +":kbd:`↑` et l:kbd:`↓` pour sélectionner une piste, :kbd:`Shift` + :kbd:`←` " +"pour la charger dans la platine 1 et :kbd:`Shift` + :kbd :`→` pour charger " +"dans la platine 2." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:348 msgid "" @@ -1053,6 +1103,14 @@ msgid "" "Playlists and Crates in the sidebar, as well as into track tables of active " "Playlists or Crates." msgstr "" +"Glisser-déposer d'une platine à l'autre : une fois que vous avez chargé une " +"piste sur une platine, un échantillonneur ou une platine de pré-écoute, " +"cliquer sur :ref:`track title `, :ref:`track artist " +"` ou la pochette d'album et faire glisser vers une " +"autre platine ou un autre échantillonneur. Noter que vous pouvez également " +"déposer des pistes sur des listes de lecture et des bacs dans la barre " +"latérale, ainsi que dans les tableaux de pistes des listes de lecture ou des" +" bacs actifs." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:354 msgid "" @@ -1115,6 +1173,9 @@ msgid "" "library. Use the :kbd:`↑` and :kbd:`↓` keys to scroll in the list of " "results." msgstr "" +"Appuyer sur :kbd:`TAB` pour passer de la recherche à la liste des résultats " +"dans la bibliothèque. Utiliser les touches :kbd:`↑` et :kbd:`↓` pour faire " +"défiler la liste des résultats." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:384 msgid "" @@ -1129,6 +1190,8 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Computer` and :guilabel:`Recording` views currently only " "support simple case-insensitive filtering." msgstr "" +"Actuellement les vues :guilabel:`Ordinateur` et :guilabel:`Enrgistrements` " +"ne prennent en charge qu'un simple filtrage insensible à la casse." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:391 msgid "Using search operators" @@ -1158,13 +1221,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:410 ../../chapters/library.rst:427 #: ../../chapters/library.rst:440 ../../chapters/library.rst:485 msgid "Examples" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exemples" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:413 msgid "" "It doesn't matter if you have space between the colon and the argument or " "not. Quotes must be used for multi-word text arguments." msgstr "" +"Peu importe qu'il y ait ou non un espace entre les deux points et " +"l'argument. Les guillemets doivent être utilisés pour les arguments de texte" +" multi-mots." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:416 msgid "" @@ -1174,6 +1240,8 @@ msgid "" "only tracks where the title is \"wow\" (case-insensitive like the default " "search), i.e. not \"wowy\", \"oh wow!\" or \"wow (Hej Remix)\"." msgstr "" +"Pour trouver des correspondances exactes vous pouvez utiliser **=**. Cela affiche uniquement les pistes où l'intégralité du texte de propriété est égal au terme de recherche. Pour plusieurs mots, vous devez utiliser des guillemets, comme sans **=**. \n" +"Le premier des exemples ci-dessous ne trouvera que les pistes dont le titre est « wow » (insensible à la casse comme la recherche par défaut), c'est-à-dire pas « wowy », « oh wow ! ou \"wow (Hej Remix)\"." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:429 msgid "**Numeric filtering**: bitrate, bpm, played, rating, track, year" @@ -1184,6 +1252,8 @@ msgid "" "You can put a space after the colon but currently there must be no space " "between the operator and the number." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez mettre un espace après les deux points mais actuellement il ne " +"doit y avoir aucun espace entre l'opérateur et le nombre." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:447 msgid "" @@ -1226,6 +1296,9 @@ msgid "" "Search for empty fields. The following example lists all tracks without a " "genre. It works for all text fields, including crates." msgstr "" +"Rechercher les champs vides. L'exemple suivant répertorie toutes les pistes " +"sans genre. Cela fonctionne pour tous les champs de texte, y compris les " +"bacs." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:494 msgid "Previewing Tracks" @@ -1240,6 +1313,13 @@ msgid "" "the :ref:`headphones ` channel. Click the " "|ic_lib_preview_pause| icon to stop the playback." msgstr "" +"Pour pré-écouter un morceau, activer la colonne :guilabel:`Aperçu` dans la " +"vue bibliothèque. En cliquant sur l'icône |ic_lib_preview_play| dans la " +"colonne :guilabel:`Aperçu` de la bibliothèque charge la piste sélectionnée " +"dans un fichier spécial :ref:`Platine de pré-écoute`" +" qui ne produira du son que dans le canal :ref:`casque `. Cliquer à nouveau sur l'icône |ic_lib_preview_pause| pour arrêter la" +" lecture." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:507 msgid "" @@ -1322,7 +1402,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Pour activer l'édition en ligne dans le :ref:`library ` " "aller dans :menuselection:`Préférences --> Bibliothèque --> Divers` et " -"cochez la case \"Éditer les métadonnées après avoir cliquer sur la piste " +"cocher la case \"Éditer les métadonnées après avoir cliquer sur la piste " "sélectionnée\"." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:548 @@ -1331,6 +1411,10 @@ msgid "" "field you want to edit. If the field is editable, it will become an editable" " text box. Enter a value and hit :kbd:`Enter` when you are done." msgstr "" +"Sélectionner n’importe quelle piste dans la :ref:`bibliothèque ` et cliquer sur le champ que vous souhaitez modifier. Si le champ " +"est modifiable, il deviendra une zone de texte éditable. Entrer une valeur " +"et appuyer sur :kbd:`Entrée` lorsque vous avez terminé." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:0 ../../chapters/library.rst:559 msgid "Mixxx library - Inline editing" @@ -1347,12 +1431,20 @@ msgid "" "track menu. You can also double-click any track label in the decks or " "samplers to open the editor directly." msgstr "" +"Pour ouvrir l'éditeur, faire clic-droit sur une **piste unique** dans la " +"bibliothèque ou sur n'importe quelle étiquette de piste dans les platines ou" +" les échantillonneurs, puis sélectionner :guilabel:`Propriétés` dans le menu" +" des pistes. Vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur n’importe quelle " +"étiquette de piste dans les platines ou les échantillonneurs pour ouvrir " +"directement l’éditeur." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:569 msgid "" "Add or change values in the editable fields, and save your changes as " "explained below." msgstr "" +"Ajouter ou modifier des valeurs dans les champs éditables et enregistrer vos" +" modifications comme expliqué ci-dessous." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:0 ../../chapters/library.rst:579 msgid "Mixxx library - Properties editor" @@ -1508,6 +1600,10 @@ msgid "" "tracks, open the context menu, and then choose :menuselection:`Metadata --> " "Import From File Tags`." msgstr "" +"Si vous avez modifié les métadonnées de fichiers dans un logiciel tiers, " +"vous devez ré-importer manuellement les métadonnées modifiées dans Mixxx. " +"Sélectionner les pistes concernées, ouvrer le menu contextuel, puis choisir " +":menuselection:`Métadonnées --> Importer à partir des tags du fichier` ." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:640 msgid "" @@ -1516,6 +1612,11 @@ msgid "" "removed tracks but no modifications of existing tracks. This is a known " "limitation." msgstr "" +"La nouvelle analyse de la bibliothèque avec :menuselection:`Bibliothèque -->" +" Réanalyser la bibliothèque` dans le menu en haut de la fenêtre de " +"l'application détectera uniquement les pistes nouvellement ajoutées ou " +"supprimées, **mais aucune modification des pistes existantes**. Il s'agit " +"d'une limitation connue." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:648 msgid "Popular software to edit metadata of audio files include:" @@ -1596,6 +1697,9 @@ msgid "" "tracks. Press :kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`A` to get the total duration of the AutoDJ" " queue." msgstr "" +"**Étiquette d'informations de sélection** : affiche la durée et le nombre de" +" pistes sélectionnées. Appuyer sur :kbd:`Ctrl` + :kbd:`A` pour obtenir la " +"durée totale de la file d'attente AutoDJ." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:674 msgid "**Enable Auto DJ button**: Toggles the Auto DJ mode on or off." @@ -2015,6 +2119,10 @@ msgid "" " tracks from anywhere on your computer and connected devices, that are not " "necessarily already in your Mixxx library." msgstr "" +"|ic_lib_ordinateur| Ce mode fonctionne comme un gestionnaire de fichiers et " +"vous permet de charger des pistes depuis n'importe où sur votre ordinateur " +"et vos appareils connectés, qui ne sont pas forcément déjà dans votre " +"bibliothèque Mixxx." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:842 msgid "" @@ -2043,7 +2151,7 @@ msgid "" "folder as an additional music directory. Mixxx will watch this directory and" " its subdirectories for new tracks." msgstr "" -"Faire un clic-droit sur un dossier et choisir :guilabel:`Ajouter à la " +"Faire un clic-droit sur un répertoire et choisir :guilabel:`Ajouter à la " "Bibliothèque` pour ajouter le répertoire en tant que répertoire de musique " "additionnel. Mixxx surveillera ce répertoire et ses sous-répertoires pour de" " nouvelles pistes." @@ -2197,10 +2305,15 @@ msgid "" " your tracks analyzed before you play. See :ref:`getting-started-analyze-" "library` for details." msgstr "" +"|ic_lib_analyse| Cette section vous permet d'analyser vos pistes avant de " +"les charger dans une platine. L'analyse des pistes nécessite une puissance " +"CPU considérable et peut provoquer des sauts dans l'audio pendant " +"l'exécution. Il est donc utile d'analyser vos pistes avant de les jouer. " +"Voir :ref:`getting-started-analyze-library` pour plus de détails." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:922 msgid "Using libraries from other software" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utiliser les bibliothèques d'autres logiciels" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:928 msgid "Supported libraries:" @@ -2233,15 +2346,18 @@ msgid "" "|ic_lib_banshee| `Banshee `_ " "(Windows, macOS, GNU/Linux)" msgstr "" +"|ic_lib_banshee| `Banshee `_ " +"(Windows, macOS, GNU/Linux)" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:934 msgid "|ic_lib_serato| `Serato `_ (Windows, macOS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|ic_lib_serato| `Serato `_ (Windows, macOS)" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:935 msgid "" "|ic_lib_rekordbox| `Rekordbox `_ (Windows, macOS)" msgstr "" +"|ic_lib_rekordbox| `Rekordbox `_ (Windows, macOS)" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:937 msgid "" @@ -2273,7 +2389,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:951 msgid "Using the iTunes/Traktor/Rhythmbox/Bashee/Rekordbox library" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utiliser la bibliothèque iTunes/Traktor/Rhythmbox/Bashee/Rekordbox" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:953 msgid "" @@ -2308,7 +2424,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:966 msgid "Using the Rekordbox library" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utiliser la bibliothèque Rekordbox" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:967 msgid "" @@ -2318,10 +2434,17 @@ msgid "" " external device via :guilabel:`Preferences > Advanced > Database " "management` in Rekordbox are not supported." msgstr "" +"Pour lire les bases de données Rekordbox pour les lecteurs CDJ/XDJ sur des " +"appareils USB ou SD, la base de données doit être exportée vers un appareil " +"USB ou SD avec un système de fichiers FAT ou HFS en utilisant le mode " +"d'exportation de Rekordbox. Les bases de données qui ont été déplacées vers " +"un périphérique externe via :guilabel:`Préférences > Avancé > Gestion des " +"bases de données` dans Rekordbox ne sont pas prises en charge." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:972 msgid "Plug your USB or SD drive in while Mixxx is running." msgstr "" +"Brancher votre clé USB ou SD pendant que Mixxx est en cours d'exécution." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:973 msgid "" @@ -2329,6 +2452,10 @@ msgid "" "Rekordbox prepared USB drives. If no Rekordbox devices show up, you can " "click on :guilabel:`Check for attached Rekordbox devices (refresh)`." msgstr "" +"Cliquer sur l'élément :guilabel:`Rekordbox` dans la barre latérale de la " +"bibliothèque pour rechercher les clés USB préparées par Rekordbox. Si aucun " +"appareil Rekordbox n’apparait, vous pouvez cliquer sur :guilabel:`Vérifier " +"les appareils Rekordbox connectés (actualiser)`." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:974 msgid "" @@ -2342,10 +2469,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:977 msgid "How Rekordbox hotcues, memory cues, and loops are imported" msgstr "" +"Comment les repères rapides, les repères mémoire et les boucles de Rekordbox" +" sont importés" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:978 msgid "The following data is read:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Les données suivantes sont lues :" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:980 msgid "Folders" @@ -2353,40 +2482,47 @@ msgstr "Répertoires" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:981 msgid "Playlists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Listes de lecture " #: ../../chapters/library.rst:982 msgid "Beatgrids" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grilles rythmiques (Beatgrids)" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:983 msgid "Hot cues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Repères rapides (Hot cues)" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:984 msgid "Memory cues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Repères mémoire (Memory cues)" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:985 msgid "Loops" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Boucles (Loops)" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:987 msgid "" "Mixxx currently has one main cue point, one loop, and thirty eight hotcues. " "As such:" msgstr "" +"Actuellement Mixxx dispose d'un point de repère principal, d'une boucle et " +"de trente-huit repères rapides (hotcues). Donc :" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:989 msgid "" "All Rekordbox hotcues are mapped to Mixxx hotcues as expected, the first " "chronological Rekordbox memory cue is mapped to the Mixxx main cue." msgstr "" +"Tous les repères rapides (hotcues) Rekordbox sont mappés sur les repères " +"rapides Mixxx comme prévu, le premier repère mémoire chronologique Rekordbox" +" est mappé sur le repère principal Mixxx." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:990 msgid "" "The first chronological Rekordbox loop is also mapped to the Mixxx loop." msgstr "" +"La première boucle (loop) chronologique Rekordbox est également mappée sur " +"la boucle Mixxx." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:991 msgid "" @@ -2394,12 +2530,18 @@ msgid "" "cues are appended as Mixxx hotcues following the previously imported " "Rekordbox hotcues." msgstr "" +"Toutes les boucles (y compris la première boucle) et tous les repères " +"mémoire Rekordbox ultérieurs sont ajoutés en tant que repères rapide Mixxx, " +"à la suite des repères rapides Rekordbox précédemment importés." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:992 msgid "" "The hotcue and memory cue colors you assigned in Rekordbox are also " "imported, assisting in distinguishing between them." msgstr "" +"Les couleurs des repères rapides (hotcues) et des repères mémoire (memory " +"cues) que vous avez attribuées dans Rekordbox sont également importées, ce " +"qui facilite leur distinction." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:994 msgid "" @@ -2407,10 +2549,14 @@ msgid "" "hotcues, their loop information is stored in the Mixxx library and will " "become usable in Mixxx 2.4." msgstr "" +"Bien que les boucles (loops) Rekordbox importées supplémentaires " +"n'apparaissent que dans Mixxx 2.3 sous forme de repères rapides (hotcues), " +"leurs informations de boucle sont stockées dans la bibliothèque Mixxx et " +"deviendront utilisables dans Mixxx 2.4." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:999 msgid "Using the Serato library" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utiliser la bibliothèque Serato" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:1001 msgid "" @@ -2418,6 +2564,10 @@ msgid "" "hard drive as well as portable USB drives. Smart crates are currently not " "supported." msgstr "" +"Mixxx prend en charge la lecture de votre bibliothèque et de vos bacs " +"Serato, à la fois depuis votre disque dur local ainsi que depuis des clés " +"USB portables. Les bacs intelligentes (Smart crates) ne sont actuellement " +"pas prises en charge." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:1003 msgid "" @@ -2426,20 +2576,32 @@ msgid "" " from the library or directly from the file browser, Mixxx will import that " "information automatically if present." msgstr "" +"Serato stocke des informations telles que les repères rapide (hot cues), les" +" boucles enregistrées (saved loop), la couleur de la piste (track color) et " +"la grille rythmique (beatgrid) dans les tags du fichier. Peu importe si une " +"piste est chargée dans la platine depuis la bibliothèque ou directement " +"depuis le navigateur de fichiers, Mixxx importera automatiquement ces " +"informations si elles sont présentes." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:1006 msgid "Waveforms, Gain values and \"Flips\" are not imported from Serato." msgstr "" +"Les formes d'onde (waveforms), les valeurs de gain et les « Flips » ne sont " +"pas importés de Serato." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:1008 msgid "" "Due to differences in the metadata format, importing Serato information from" " Ogg Vorbis files is currently not supported." msgstr "" +"En raison des différences dans le format des métadonnées, l'importation " +"d'informations Serato à partir de fichiers Ogg Vorbis n'est pas prise en " +"charge actuellement." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:1010 msgid "To import Serato libraries from external USB drives:" msgstr "" +"Pour importer des bibliothèques Serato à partir de lecteurs USB externes :" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:1012 msgid "Copy music library from Serato into external USB drive" @@ -2447,19 +2609,23 @@ msgstr "Copier la bibliothèque musicale de Serato sur une clé USB externe" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:1013 msgid "Plug in USB drive while Mixxx is running" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Brancher la clé USB pendant que Mixxx est en cours d'exécution" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:1014 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Serato` in the library. All USB drives containing a " "Serato library will be detected automatically." msgstr "" +"Cliquer sur :guilabel:`Serato` dans la bibliothèque. Toutes les clés USB " +"contenant une bibliothèque Serato seront détectées automatiquement." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:1015 msgid "" "For each removable device, the library and all crates from Serato will " "accessible." msgstr "" +"Pour chaque périphérique amovible, la bibliothèque et tous les bacs de " +"Serato seront accessibles." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:1017 msgid "" @@ -2467,24 +2633,32 @@ msgid "" "library in a Mixxx version that didn't support reading that data, you can " "reimport it from the file's tags via the track context menu." msgstr "" +"Si vous avez déjà ajouté une piste contenant des métadonnées Serato à votre " +"bibliothèque Mixxx dans une version de Mixxx qui ne prenait pas en charge la" +" lecture de ces données, vous pouvez la réimporter à partir des tags du " +"fichier via le menu contextuel de la piste." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:1019 msgid "" "This action will clear your existing cuepoints in Mixxx if the file contains" " Serato Metadata" msgstr "" +"Cette action effacera vos points de repère existants dans Mixxx si le " +"fichier contient des métadonnées Serato." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:1021 msgid "To reimport metadata from files:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pour réimporter les métadonnées des fichiers :" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:1023 msgid "Right click on the track to show the context menu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clic-droit sur la piste pour afficher le menu contextuel" #: ../../chapters/library.rst:1024 msgid "Select :menuselection:`Metadata --> Import From File Tags`." msgstr "" +"Sélectionner :menuselection:`Métadonnées --> Importer à partir des tags du " +"fichier`." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:1026 msgid "" @@ -2495,6 +2669,13 @@ msgid "" "able to mitigate this problem, but it's possible to shift all cues for a " "track at once as a workaround." msgstr "" +"Les décodeurs peuvent légèrement détecter des heures de début et de fin de " +"piste différentes pour les fichiers provenant de différentes sources, cela " +"pourrait être dû à la présence d'innombrables encodeurs et décodeurs pour " +"MP3 et M4A/AAC. Ce problème peut entrainer un décalage de quelques " +"millisecondes vers le haut. Mixxx n'est peut-être pas toujours en mesure " +"d'atténuer ce problème, mais il est possible de décaler tous les signaux " +"d'une piste en même temps pour contourner ce problème." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:1033 msgid "Removing tracks from the library" @@ -2673,6 +2854,11 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" +"Sous Linux, la lecture de :file:`AAC` est désactivée par défaut en raison de" +" restrictions de licence. Pour activer la lecture des fichiers :file:`AAC`, " +"`construire (build) Mixxx à partir des sources avec la prise en charge des " +"fichiers m4a/AAC `_." #: ../../chapters/library.rst:1096 msgid "" diff --git a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/livebroadcasting.po b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/livebroadcasting.po index 33e838efe7..ba96af5fd9 100644 --- a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/livebroadcasting.po +++ b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/livebroadcasting.po @@ -254,6 +254,11 @@ msgid "" "bandwidth. Streaming servers provide the required bandwidth and broadcast " "the stream to your listeners." msgstr "" +"Mixxx vous permet d'alimenter votre flux audio directement vers les serveurs" +" de streaming :term:`Shoutcast ` et :term:`Icecast `. En" +" fonction du nombre d’auditeurs, le streaming audio nécessite une quantité " +"importante de bande passante. Les serveurs de streaming fournissent la bande" +" passante requise et diffusent le flux à vos auditeurs." #: ../../chapters/livebroadcasting.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -336,7 +341,7 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` or use the " ":ref:`appendix-shortcuts` to start broadcasting." msgstr "" -"Aller à :menuselection:`Options --> Activer la Diffusion en Direct " +"Aller dans :menuselection:`Options --> Activer la Diffusion en Direct " "(Broadcast)` ou utiliser :ref:`appendix-shortcuts` pour démarrer la " "diffusion." @@ -346,7 +351,7 @@ msgstr "Préférences Mixxx - Configurer la diffusion en direct" #: ../../chapters/livebroadcasting.rst:100 msgid "Server Connection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Connexion au serveur" #: ../../chapters/livebroadcasting.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -434,7 +439,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/livebroadcasting.rst:131 msgid "Stream Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paramètres de flux" #: ../../chapters/livebroadcasting.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -498,7 +503,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/livebroadcasting.rst:151 msgid "Encoding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Encodage" #: ../../chapters/livebroadcasting.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -525,11 +530,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/livebroadcasting.rst:162 msgid "Metadata" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Métadonnée" #: ../../chapters/livebroadcasting.rst:165 msgid "Shoutcast metadata format" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Format de métadonnées Shoutcast" #: ../../chapters/livebroadcasting.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -541,6 +546,14 @@ msgid "" "MyName - currently playing: $artist``. Or even if you wanted a very unusual " "format: ``Hey, I like $artist, here is $title by $artist``." msgstr "" +"Cela permet de définir des formats de métadonnées personnalisés pour le " +"champ de titre Shoutcast. Auparavant, seul « artist - title » était " +"autorisé. Par exemple, si vous diffusiez au sein d'une station, vous " +"pourriez ajouter le nom de la station ou le nom du présentateur dans le " +"titre : ``MaStation | $artist - $title``. Ou si vous faisiez un mix live " +"avec plusieurs artistes, vous pourriez avoir : ``Mix live par MyName - " +"lecture en cours : $artist``. Ou même si vous vouliez un format très " +"inhabituel : ``Hé, j'aime bien $artist, voici $title par $artist``." #: ../../chapters/livebroadcasting.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -550,7 +563,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/livebroadcasting.rst:178 msgid "Custom metadata" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Métadonnées personnalisées" #: ../../chapters/livebroadcasting.rst:180 msgid "" diff --git a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/microphones.po b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/microphones.po index 937442fe6a..8a6a2af5eb 100644 --- a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/microphones.po +++ b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/microphones.po @@ -283,6 +283,10 @@ msgid "" "specific audio interfaces with information about their prices, features, and" " suitability for use with microphones." msgstr "" +"Le `Mixxx DJ Hardware Guide `_ répertorie les interfaces audio spécifiques avec des " +"informations sur leurs prix, leurs fonctionnalités et leur aptitude à être " +"utilisées avec des microphones." #: ../../chapters/microphones.rst:34 msgid "Software Monitoring" @@ -299,6 +303,14 @@ msgid "" "more time to send the audio back out the audio interface. This time is " "referred to as \"latency\"." msgstr "" +"Le monitoring logiciel peut être utilisée avec le microphone intégré sur un " +"ordinateur portable ou avec un casque branché sur l'interface audio intégrée" +" dans un ordinateur. Cependant, il y a un délai entre le moment où vous " +"émettez le son dans le microphone et l'entendez sur la :term:`sortie " +"principale` . En raison de la nature de l'audio numérique, il faut du temps " +"pour que l'entrée de l'interface audio soit disponible pour Mixxx, pour que " +"Mixxx traite l'audio, et plus de temps pour renvoyer l'audio via l'interface" +" audio. Cette durée est appelée \"latence\"." #: ../../chapters/microphones.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -371,6 +383,13 @@ msgid "" "microphone with the main output. Don't forget to press the :guilabel:`Talk` " "button when using the microphone if you use this option." msgstr "" +"Si vous préférez ne pas entendre l'entrée du microphone, vous pouvez régler " +"l'option :guilabel:`Mode moniteur microphone` sur :guilabel:`Monitoring " +"direct (seulement enregistrement et diffusion)`. Cela mélangera toujours " +"l'entrée microphone avec vos mixages enregistrés et diffusés, mais ne " +"mélangera pas le microphone avec la sortie principale. N'oubliez pas " +"d'appuyer sur le bouton :guilabel:`Parler` lorsque vous utilisez le " +"microphone si vous utilisez cette option." #: ../../chapters/microphones.rst:83 msgid "Direct Monitoring" @@ -479,6 +498,12 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`microphones-loopback-input`, the microphone inputs will be out of time" " relative to the music in your recorded and broadcasted mixes." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous utilisez le :ref:`microphones-direct-monitoring`, vous " +"entendrez le microphone mixé avec la musique de Mixxx sans aucune latence " +"notable. Cependant, il faut encore du temps à Mixxx pour recevoir le signal " +"du microphone et le traiter. Sans compenser cette latence ni utiliser un " +":ref:`microphones-loopback-input`, les entrées microphones seront décalées " +"par rapport à la musique de vos mix enregistrés et diffusés." #: ../../chapters/microphones.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -539,6 +564,8 @@ msgid "" "**GNU/Linux**: `jack_iodelay " "`_" msgstr "" +"**GNU/Linux**: `jack_iodelay " +"`_" #: ../../chapters/microphones.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -930,6 +957,15 @@ msgid "" "Compatibility>`_ or the manual from the controller manufacturer for details " "about your particular controller." msgstr "" +"Les contrôleurs DJ avec entrées microphone mélangent généralement l'entrée " +"microphone avec la :term:`sortie principale` sans l'envoyer à l'ordinateur. " +"Cela n'a pas le problème de latence qui se produit avec :ref:`microphones-" +"software-monitoring`. Cependant, de nombreux contrôleurs DJ bon marché ne " +"numérisent pas le signal pour le rendre disponible à l'ordinateur. Voir la " +"page du contrôleur sur le `wiki Mixxx " +"`_ ou au " +"manuel du fabricant du contrôleur pour plus de détails sur votre contrôleur " +"particulier." #: ../../chapters/microphones.rst:390 msgid "" @@ -965,7 +1001,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/microphones.rst:416 msgid "Microphone Ducking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atténuation du microphone" #: ../../chapters/microphones.rst:417 msgid "" @@ -978,14 +1014,23 @@ msgid "" "ducking helps you achieve this. The music will 'duck' out of the way of the" " microphone audio." msgstr "" +"L'atténuation du microphone est une technique visant à améliorer " +"l'audibilité de la parole en réduisant le volume de la musique de fond " +"pendant qu'un signal vocal est enregistré par le microphone et permet aux " +"auditeurs d'entendre la voix plus clairement et de manière plus cohérente. " +"Lorsque vous utilisez Mixxx avec un microphone, vous souhaiterez peut-être " +"que la musique passe automatiquement en arrière-plan à chaque fois que vous " +"parlez, ou vous préfèrerez peut-être baisser le volume de la musique à un " +"niveau spécifique. L'atténuation du microphone vous aide à y parvenir. La " +"musique \"s'éloignera\" du son du microphone." #: ../../chapters/microphones.rst:427 msgid "The microphone ducking section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "La section atténuation du microphone" #: ../../chapters/microphones.rst:427 msgid "The microphone ducking controls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Les commandes d’atténuation du microphone" #: ../../chapters/microphones.rst:429 msgid "" @@ -1004,6 +1049,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Off`: When you speak through the microphone, the music volume " "does not reduce." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Off` : Lorsque vous parlez dans le microphone, le volume de la " +"musique ne diminue pas." #: ../../chapters/microphones.rst:433 msgid "" @@ -1011,6 +1058,10 @@ msgid "" "will be reduced when Mixxx detects your voice. You can adjust the amount by " "which the volume is automatically reduced with the Strength knob." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Auto` : Lorsque vous parlez dans le microphone, le volume de la " +"musique sera réduit lorsque Mixxx détectera votre voix. Vous pouvez régler " +"la quantité de réduction automatique du volume avec le potentiomètre " +"Puissance." #: ../../chapters/microphones.rst:434 msgid "" @@ -1021,9 +1072,19 @@ msgid "" "the Strength knob to a level that suits you. When you disable Talk mode, the" " music will return to the regular volume" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Manual` : Dans ce mode, la musique sera jouée au volume réglé par" +" le potentiomètre Puissance chaque fois que le bouton Talk du microphone est" +" actif, quel que soit le volume provenant de l'entrée du microphone. Lorsque" +" vous parlez dans votre microphone, réglez le volume auquel la musique doit " +"diminuer en tournant le potentiomètre Puissance jusqu'au niveau qui vous " +"convient. Lorsque vous désactivez le mode Talk, la musique reviendra au " +"volume normal" #: ../../chapters/microphones.rst:436 msgid "" "To set the Ducking volume correctly, you can use manual mode to adjust the " "knob to your taste and then set to auto when happy." msgstr "" +"Pour régler correctement le volume d'atténuation, vous pouvez utiliser le " +"mode manuel pour régler le potentiomètre à votre gout, puis le régler sur " +"automatique lorsque vous êtes satisfait." diff --git a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/user_interface.po b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/user_interface.po index dd5df3cb06..a99b0ef401 100644 --- a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/user_interface.po +++ b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/user_interface.po @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:6 msgid "The Mixxx User Interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'interface utilisateur Mixxx" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -247,24 +247,34 @@ msgid "" "section will focus on LateNight only, though all Mixxx skins provide most of" " the controls described here." msgstr "" +"Voici le thème LateNight, avec le thème de couleur PaleMoon. C'est le thème " +"par défaut fourni avec Mixxx 2.4. Il existe une variété d'autres thème " +"inclus avec Mixxx. Vous devriez les explorer tous pour déterminer celui que " +"vous préférez. Cette section se concentrera uniquement sur LateNight, bien " +"que tous les thèmes de Mixxx fournissent la plupart des contrôles décrits " +"ici." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:29 msgid "Skin Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paramètres de thème" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:30 msgid "" "On top, and on the right side of the user interface are the section " "expansion buttons and options." msgstr "" +"En haut, sur le côté droit de l’interface utilisateur, se trouvent les " +"boutons et options d’extension de section." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:0 msgid "The section expansion buttons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Les boutons d'extension de section" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:39 msgid "The GUI section quick toggles buttons in the top tool bar" msgstr "" +"Boutons de bascule rapide de section (GUI), dans la barre d'outils " +"supérieure" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -273,22 +283,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`MICS & AUX` then you will enable control sections for interacting" " with:" msgstr "" +"Si vous cliquez sur l'un ou l'autre :guilabel:`WAVEFORMS`, :guilabel:`4 " +"DECKS`, :guilabel:`MIXER`, :guilabel:`EFFECTS`, :guilabel:`SAMPLERS` ou " +":guilabel:`MICS & AUX` vous activerez ensuite les sections de contrôle pour " +"interagir avec :" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:43 msgid ":ref:`interface-waveform`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`interface-waveform`" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:44 msgid ":ref:`interface-decks`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`interface-decks`" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:45 msgid ":ref:`interface-mixer`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`interface-mixer`" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:46 msgid ":ref:`interface-effects`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`interface-effects`" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:47 msgid ":ref:`interface-sampler`" @@ -308,18 +322,21 @@ msgid "" "to open the skin settings menu. This provides common basic controls as well " "as some skin-specific options." msgstr "" +"Cliquer sur le bouton :guilabel:`SETTINGS` ou l'icône engrenage (selon le " +"thème) pour ouvrir le menu des paramètres du thème. Cela fournit des " +"commandes de base communes ainsi que certaines options spécifiques au thème." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:61 msgid "The Skin Settings menu on the right" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le menu paramètres du thème, situé à droite" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:66 msgid "Decks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Platines" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:79 msgid "A deck" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Une platine" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:79 msgid "A deck with a track loaded" @@ -334,6 +351,12 @@ msgid "" "the Compact deck (underlined and bolded). If you wish to change to a " "different deck size, you can choose FULL or Mini." msgstr "" +"La section platine est disponible en trois tailles : Full, Compact et Mini. " +"Vous pouvez basculer entre l'une des trois tailles en cliquant sur le bouton" +" :guilabel:`Settings` ou l'icône engrenage. Sous la section " +":guilabel:`Decks`, cliquez sur \"hide mixer to select\". Cela sélectionnera " +"automatiquement la platine Compact (souligné et gras). Si vous souhaitez " +"passer à une taille de platine différente, vous pouvez choisir FULL ou Mini." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -342,6 +365,10 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`interface-hotcues`, :ref:`interface-intro-outro`, :ref:`interface-" "looping` at the bottom." msgstr "" +"La platine FULL (qui est similaire dans tous les thèmes) affichera les " +":ref:`interface-vc-mode` et les commandes de tonalité en haut de la section " +"de platine, puis les :ref:`interface-hotcues`, :ref:` interface-intro-" +"outro`, :ref:`interface-looping` en bas." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -351,6 +378,12 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`interface-hotcues`, :ref:`interface-intro-outro`, :ref:`interface-" "looping` and rate adjust buttons are not shown." msgstr "" +"La platine Compact dispose d'un ensemble réduit de commandes lorsque vous " +"n'avez pas besoin de toutes les afficher à l'écran, par exemple lorsqu'elles" +" sont également accessibles depuis votre contrôleur. L'inversion de lecture " +"est supprimée de :ref:`interface-playback`, et les :ref:`interface-hotcues`," +" :ref:`interface-intro-outro`, :ref:`interface-looping` et les boutons de " +"réglage du taux ne sont pas montré." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -358,10 +391,14 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`interface-track-info`. You can also use minimal decks with the " "maximized library." msgstr "" +"La platine mini est d'une taille beaucoup plus petite et affiche uniquement " +"la forme d'onde et l':ref:`interface-track-info`. Vous pouvez également " +"utiliser des platines minimales avec la bibliothèque maximisée." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:89 msgid "Hiding the mixer will by default switch to the compact decks." msgstr "" +"Masquer la table de mixage fera passer par défaut aux platines compactes." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -391,6 +428,11 @@ msgid "" "loaded from the track's :term:`metadata`. If the metadata is missing, the " "title and artist are guessed from the filename." msgstr "" +" Le titre de la piste chargé dans une platine est affiché en haut. C'est le " +"même que le titre indiqué dans la colonne :guilabel:`Title` de la " +":ref:`Mixxx library `. Ces informations sont initialement " +"chargées à partir des :term:`metadata` de la piste. Si les métadonnées sont " +"manquantes, le titre et l'artiste sont devinés à partir du nom du fichier." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:116 msgid "**Track Artist**" @@ -402,12 +444,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Artist` column heading in the :ref:`Mixxx library `." msgstr "" +" L'artiste de la piste est indiqué dessous. C'est le même que celui indiqué " +"dans la colonne :guilabel:`Artist` de la :ref:`Mixxx library `." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:118 msgid "" "Double-click any track text label to open the :ref:`Properties editor " "` where you can edit all track metadata." msgstr "" +"Double-clic sur n'importe quelle étiquette de texte de piste pour ouvrir le " +":ref:`Properties editor ` dans lequel vous pouvez" +" modifier toutes les métadonnées de la piste." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:127 msgid "**Time Elapsed/Remaining/Both**" @@ -422,6 +470,13 @@ msgid "" "simultaneously in the format *elapsed time / remaining time*. You can change" " the default in :menuselection:`Preferences --> Decks --> Deck options`." msgstr "" +"Par défaut, affiche le temps total écoulé dans la piste jusqu'à la " +"milliseconde. En cliquant sur l'affichage, vous passez à la vue *Temps " +"restant*, qui indique combien de temps il reste avant que la piste " +"n'atteigne la fin. En cliquant à nouveau sur l'affichage, le temps écoulé et" +" le temps restant sont affichés simultanément au format *temps écoulé / " +"temps restant*. Vous pouvez modifier la valeur par défaut dans " +":menuselection:`Préférences --> Platines --> Options de platine`." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:137 #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1106 @@ -451,15 +506,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:147 msgid "**Key**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Tonalité**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:0 msgid "The options displayed when you click on the Key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Les options affichées lorsque vous cliquez sur tonalité" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:147 msgid "The Key options." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Les options de tonalité" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -469,6 +524,11 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Mixxx library `. Clicking the key will expand it to " "reveal more options:" msgstr "" +"La touche affiche la tonalité musicale actuelle de la piste chargée après le" +" changement de hauteur. La tonalité est affichée sous le BPM (Tempo). C'est " +"la même chose que la tonalité affichée dans la colonne :guilabel:`Key` de la" +" :ref:`Mixxx library `. En cliquant sur la tonalité, vous " +"l'agrandirez pour révéler plus d'options :" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -478,6 +538,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`+` button increases the pitch by one semitone. Right-clicking it " "increases the pitch by 10 cents." msgstr "" +"**Contrôle de la hauteur tonale** : modifie la hauteur tonale de la piste " +"indépendamment du tempo. Un clic-gauche sur le bouton :guilabel:`-` diminue " +"la hauteur tonale d'un demi-ton. Un clic-droit diminue la hauteur tonale de " +"10 cents. Un clic-gauche sur le bouton :guilabel:`+` augmente la hauteur " +"tonale d'un demi-ton. Un clic droit augmente la hauteur tonale de 10 cents." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -486,10 +551,15 @@ msgid "" "requires a detected key on both involved decks. Right-clicking it resets the" " key to the original track key." msgstr "" +" **Synchroniser et réinitialiser la tonalité** : Un clic-gauche sur le " +"bouton :guilabel:`MATCH` règle la tonalité sur une hauteur qui permet la " +"transition harmonique depuis l'autre piste. Cela nécessite une tonalité " +"détectée sur les deux platines impliquées. Un clic-droit réinitialise la " +"tonalité de la piste à la valeur d'origine." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:158 msgid "**Cover Art**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Pochette d'album**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -502,6 +572,15 @@ msgid "" "expand it into a full blown image. The cover art is also shown in the Vinyl " "Widget next to the :ref:`parallel waveforms `." msgstr "" +" La pochette d'album chargé dans la platine est affichée sur le côté gauche " +"de la piste. C'est la même chose que la pochette d'album qui est affichée " +"dans la colonne :guilabel:`Cover Art` de la :ref:`Mixxx library `. Dans le thème Deere, vous pouvez choisir d'activer ou de " +"désactiver la pochette d'album en cliquant sur l'icône engrenage dans le " +"coin supérieur droit, puis en activant l'option :menuselection:`Decks --> " +"Cover Art`. En cliquant sur la pochette d'album, vous l'agrandirez en une " +"image complète. La pochette d'album est également affichée dans le widget " +"vinyle à côté des :ref:`parallel waveforms `." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:163 msgid "Waveform Displays" @@ -529,12 +608,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:183 msgid "Mixxx default skin (Deere) - Parallel waveforms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Thème par défaut de Mixxx (Deere) - Formes d'onde parallèles" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:183 msgid "" "Parallel waveforms in the default Mixxx skin (LateNight, PaleMoon theme)" msgstr "" +" Formes d'onde parallèles dans le thème par défaut de Mixxx (thème " +"LateNight, PaleMoon)" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:185 msgid "" @@ -545,6 +626,13 @@ msgid "" "upper right corner, then toggling the :menuselection:`Skin Settings --> " "Parallel Waveforms` option." msgstr "" +"En fonction du thème, Mixxx affiche soit des formes d'onde parallèles (par " +"défaut), soit des formes d'onde séparées. Les thèmes LateNight et Tango " +"n'ont que des formes d'onde parallèles redimensionnables, tandis que le " +"thème Shade ne fournit que des formes d'onde séparées. Dans le thème Deere, " +"vous pouvez sélectionner votre apparence préférée en cliquant sur l'icône " +"engrenage dans le coin supérieur droit, puis en activant l'option " +":menuselection:`Skin Settings --> Parallel Waveforms`." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -552,6 +640,10 @@ msgid "" "lowering the frame rate or changing the waveform type in " ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Waveforms`." msgstr "" +"Si vous avez un ordinateur plus lent et remarquez des problèmes de " +"performances avec Mixxx, essayez de réduire la fréquence d'images ou de " +"modifier le type de forme d'onde dans :menuselection:`Préférences --> Formes" +" d'onde`." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:223 msgid "**Waveform summary**" @@ -578,6 +670,10 @@ msgid "" "differ primarily in the level of detail shown in the waveform, in " ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Waveforms --> Waveform type`." msgstr "" +" Vous pouvez sélectionner parmi différents types d'affichage pour la forme " +"d'onde, qui diffèrent principalement par le niveau de détail affiché dans la" +" forme d'onde, dans :menuselection:`Préférences --> Formes d'onde --> Type " +"formes d'onde`." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -589,22 +685,37 @@ msgid "" "compouter or operating system. These controls are hidden by default and need" " to be enabled in the skin settings menu." msgstr "" +"Juste à côté de la vue de la forme d'onde, il y a des commandes pour ajuster" +" la :term:`grille rythmique`. Vous pouvez étirer, compresser ou décaler la " +"grille rythmique au cas où elle n'aurait pas été détectée correctement (voir" +" :ref:`configuration-bpm-detection`). Il existe également des commandes pour" +" déplacer les points de repère au cas où ils seraient déclenchés après des " +"changements de décodeur, par exemple lorsque vous avez migré votre " +"bibliothèque Mixxx vers un autre ordinateur ou système d'exploitation. Ces " +"commandes sont masquées par défaut et doivent être activées dans le menu des" +" paramètres de thème." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:0 msgid "Mixxx default skin (LateNight) - Beatgrid editing controls" msgstr "" +"Thème par défaut Mixxx (LateNight) - Commandes d'édition de la grille " +"rythmique" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:220 msgid "" "Beatgrid editing controls in the default Mixxx skin (LateNight, PaleMoon " "theme)" msgstr "" +"Commandes d'édition de la grille rythmique dans le thème Mixxx par défaut " +"(thème LateNight, PaleMoon)" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:222 msgid "" "In Deere skin, these controls are located in the expandable BPM section " "inside the decks." msgstr "" +"Dans le thème Deere, ces commandes sont situées dans la section BPM " +"extensible à l’intérieur des platines." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:234 #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1087 @@ -631,6 +742,11 @@ msgid "" "different types of displays for the overview in :menuselection:`Preferences " "--> Waveforms --> Overview type`." msgstr "" +" Cliquer quelque part sur la forme d'onde vous permet de passer à une " +"position arbitraire dans la piste. Comme pour le résumé des formes d'onde, " +"vous pouvez sélectionner parmi différents types d'affichage pour l'aperçu " +"dans :menuselection:`Préférences --> Formes d'onde --> Type d'aperçu de la " +"forme d'onde`." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:247 msgid "**Vinyl Widget**" @@ -663,6 +779,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Preferences --> Vinyl Control --> Show Signal Quality in " "Skin`." msgstr "" +"Si :term:`vinyl control` est activé, il peut éventuellement afficher la " +"qualité du signal vinyle. Activer l'option dans :menuselection:`Préférences " +"--> Contrôle vinyle --> Afficher la qualité du signal dans l'interface`." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:252 msgid "**Waveform Zoom**" @@ -674,6 +793,10 @@ msgid "" "waveform in or out. You can choose whether to synchronize the zoom level " "between the decks in :menuselection:`Preferences --> Waveforms`." msgstr "" +"L'utilisation de la roulette de la souris partout dans l'extrait de la forme" +" d'onde effectuera un zoom avant ou arrière sur la forme d'onde. Vous pouvez" +" choisir de synchroniser ou non le niveau de zoom entre les platines dans " +":menuselection:`Préférences --> Formes d'onde`." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:255 #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1090 @@ -759,10 +882,13 @@ msgid "" "configure the deck. Starting from the top row (left to right) and the bottom" " row (left to right), the buttons are as follows:" msgstr "" +" Les six boutons en bas à droite sous la forme d'onde vous permettent de " +"configurer la platine. En partant de la rangée du haut (de gauche à droite) " +"et de la rangée du bas (de gauche à droite), les boutons sont les suivants :" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:295 msgid "**Slip Mode Toggle**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Activer/désactiver le mode glisser**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:294 msgid "" @@ -770,6 +896,9 @@ msgid "" "reverse, scratch, etc. Once disabled, the audible playback will resume where" " the track would have been." msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'elle est active, la lecture continue en sourdine en arrière-plan " +"pendant une boucle, une lecture inversée, un scratch, etc. Une fois " +"désactivée, la lecture audible reprendra là où la piste aurait été." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:299 msgid "**Quantize Mode Toggle**" @@ -812,12 +941,17 @@ msgid "" "Clicking this button ejects the track from the deck. If no track is loaded " "the last-ejected track (of any deck) is reloaded." msgstr "" +"Cliquer sur ce bouton éjecte la piste de la platine. Si aucune piste n'est " +"chargée, la dernière piste éjectée (de n'importe quelle platine) est " +"rechargée." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:312 msgid "" "Double-click to reload the last replaced track. In empty decks the second-" "last ejected track is reloaded." msgstr "" +"Double-cliquer pour recharger la dernière piste remplacée. Dans les platines" +" vides, l'avant-dernier morceau éjecté est rechargé." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:315 msgid "" @@ -853,6 +987,10 @@ msgid "" " would like to speed up or slow down a track and avoid the “chipmunk” effect" " that speeding up vocals has." msgstr "" +":term:`Key lock ` verrouille la hauteur de la piste afin que les " +"ajustements de son tempo via le curseur de taux n'affectent pas sa hauteur. " +"Ceci est utile si vous souhaitez accélérer ou ralentir une piste et éviter " +"l'effet “canard” que provoque l'accélération du chant." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:332 msgid "Playback/Cue Controls" @@ -917,6 +1055,11 @@ msgid "" "playback is resumed where the track would have been if it had not been " "reversed." msgstr "" +"Appuyer et maintenir ce bouton pour lire temporairement la piste à l'envers " +"pendant la lecture normale. Clic-droit et maintenir enfoncé pour le mode « " +"Censure ». Cela inverse la piste tandis que la lecture continue en sourdine " +"en arrière-plan. À la sortie, la lecture reprend là où la piste aurait été " +"si elle n'avait pas été inversée." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:374 msgid "Setting Cue points" @@ -957,6 +1100,9 @@ msgid "" "Select an alternative load point in :menuselection:`Preferences --> Decks " "--> Track load point`." msgstr "" +"Sélectionner un point de chargement alternatif dans " +":menuselection:`Préférences --> Platines --> Point de chargement de la " +"piste`." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:391 msgid "Using Cue Modes" @@ -969,10 +1115,10 @@ msgid "" "and Cue buttons depends on the selected Cue mode. To change the Cue mode, go" " to :menuselection:`Preferences --> Decks --> Cue mode`." msgstr "" -"Dans votre configuration Mixxx prend en charge différents modes de repèrage " -"qui s'adaptent à d'autres appareils ou à vos préférences personnelles. Le " -"comportement réel des boutons Lecture, Pause et Repères dépend du mode de " -"repèrage sélectionné. Pour changer le mode de repérage, aller dans " +"Mixxx prend en charge différents modes repère qui s'adaptent à d'autres " +"appareils dans votre configuration ou à vos préférences personnelles. Le " +"comportement réel des boutons Lire, Pause et Repère dépend du mode repère " +"sélectionné. Pour changer le mode repère, aller dans " ":menuselection:`Préférences --> Platines --> Mode repérage`." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:398 @@ -989,12 +1135,17 @@ msgid "" " as long as the button is pressed. After releasing the Cue button, the track" " jumps back to the Cue point and pauses again." msgstr "" +"Maintenez le bouton repère enfoncé pour lire la piste à partir du :term:`Cue" +" point `, tant que le bouton est enfoncé. Après avoir relâché le bouton" +" repère, la piste revient au point de repère et fait à nouveau une pause." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:405 ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:433 msgid "" "Press Play/Pause before releasing the Cue button to continue playback " "normally." msgstr "" +"Appuyez sur Lire/Pause avant de relâcher le bouton repère pour continuer la " +"lecture normalement." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:407 msgid "**While paused not at Cue point (Cue button flashing)**:" @@ -1005,6 +1156,8 @@ msgid "" "Tap the Cue button to store the current position as new :term:`Cue point " "`." msgstr "" +"Appuyer sur le bouton repère pour stocker la position actuelle comme nouveau" +" :term:`Cue point `." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:411 msgid "**While playing:**" @@ -1015,6 +1168,8 @@ msgid "" "Tap the Cue button to jump to the :term:`Cue point ` and pause " "playback." msgstr "" +" Appuyer sur le bouton repère pour passer au :term:`Cue point `et " +"mettre la lecture en pause." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:415 msgid "**Mixxx mode (no blinking)**" @@ -1023,6 +1178,7 @@ msgstr "**Mode Mixxx (sans clignotement)**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:417 msgid "Same as the default Mixxx mode, but without blinking indicators." msgstr "" +"Identique au mode Mixxx par défaut, mais sans indicateurs clignotants." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:419 msgid "**Pioneer mode**" @@ -1033,6 +1189,8 @@ msgid "" "Same as Mixxx mode, but the buttons are more flashy matching a Pioneer CDJ " "player." msgstr "" +"Identique au mode Mixxx, mais les boutons sont plus flashy, correspondant à " +"un lecteur CDJ Pioneer." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:423 msgid "The Play/Pause button flashes once per second when a track is paused." @@ -1045,6 +1203,8 @@ msgid "" "The Cue button flashes twice a second when the next push will move the " ":term:`Cue point `." msgstr "" +"Le bouton repère clignote deux fois par seconde lorsque la prochaine " +"pression déplacera le :term:`Cue point `." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:426 msgid "**Denon mode**" @@ -1053,6 +1213,8 @@ msgstr "**Mode Denon**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:428 msgid "**While paused at Cue point (Cue button lit) - same as Mixxx mode**:" msgstr "" +"**Lorsque en pause au point de repère (bouton repère allumé) - identique au " +"mode Mixxx,:**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:430 msgid "" @@ -1060,6 +1222,10 @@ msgid "" " as long as the button is pressed. After releasing the Cue button, the track" " jumps back to the :term:`Cue point ` and pauses again." msgstr "" +"Maintener le bouton repère enfoncé pour lire la piste à partir du :term:`Cue" +" point `, tant que le bouton est enfoncé. Après avoir relâché le bouton" +" repère, la piste revient au :term:`Cue point ` et fait une nouvelle " +"pause." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:435 msgid "**While paused not at Cue point (Play button flashing)**:" @@ -1068,16 +1234,20 @@ msgstr "**En pause, pas au point de repère (clignotement bouton Lecture)**:" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:437 msgid "Tap the Cue button to move the track back to :term:`Cue point `." msgstr "" +"Appuyez sur le bouton repère pour ramener la piste au :term:`Cue point " +"`." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:438 msgid "" "Tap the Play/Pause button to move the :term:`Cue point ` to the current" " position and start playback." msgstr "" +"Appuyer sur le bouton Lecture/Pause pour déplacer le :term:`Cue point `" +" vers la position actuelle et démarrer la lecture." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:441 msgid "**While playing - same as Mixxx mode**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Pendant la lecture - identique au mode Mixxx** :" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:445 msgid "**Numark mode**" @@ -1085,7 +1255,7 @@ msgstr "**Mode Numark**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:447 msgid "Same as Denon mode, but without a flashing Play/Pause button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Identique au mode Denon, mais sans bouton Lecture/Pause clignotant." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:448 msgid "" @@ -1107,12 +1277,17 @@ msgid "" "continuing playback only when either the Cue button is released or " "Play/Pause is pressed." msgstr "" +"Appuyer sur le bouton repère pour passer au :term:`Cue point ` et " +"mettre en pause, poursuivant la lecture uniquement lorsque le bouton repère " +"est relâché ou que Lecture/Pause est enfoncé." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:456 msgid "" "If the Cue button is pressed while paused, the :term:`Cue point ` is " "first moved to the current position." msgstr "" +"Si le bouton repère est enfoncé pendant une pause, le :term:`Cue point " +"` est d'abord déplacé vers la position actuelle." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:459 msgid "" @@ -1131,11 +1306,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:468 msgid "Intro/Outro Markers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marqueurs Intro/Outro" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:480 msgid "The Intro/Outro End and Start Markers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Les marqueurs de fin et de début d’Intro/Outro" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:482 msgid "" @@ -1144,10 +1319,14 @@ msgid "" "are sections and each section is defined by two points. See :ref:`library-" "auto-dj`." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez utiliser les marqueurs Intro/Outro avec Auto DJ pour mélanger " +"des points d'entrée et de sortie, mais contrairement aux repères rapides, " +"ils ne marquent pas un seul point. L'Intro et l'Outro sont des sections et " +"chaque section est définie par deux points. Voir :ref:`library-auto-dj`." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:488 msgid "**Intro Start/End Markers**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Marqueurs de début/fin d'Intro**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:486 msgid "" @@ -1157,10 +1336,15 @@ msgid "" " the marker to the current play position. Right-clicking on the marker when " "it is set clears the marker." msgstr "" +"L'analyseur place le point de début d'Intro au premier son d'une piste et " +"vous pouvez décider où placer le point de fin d'Intro. Un clic-gauche sur le" +" marqueur lorsqu'il est défini permet d'accéder au marqueur. Lorsqu'il n'est" +" pas défini, un clic place le marqueur à la position de lecture actuelle. Un" +" clic-droit sur le marqueur lorsqu'il est défini efface le marqueur." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:493 msgid "**Outro Start/End Markers**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Marqueurs de début/fin d'Outro**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:491 msgid "" @@ -1170,12 +1354,19 @@ msgid "" " the marker to the current play position. Right-clicking on the marker when " "it is set clears the marker." msgstr "" +"L'analyseur place le point de fin d'Ontro au dernier son d'une piste et vous" +" pouvez décider où placer le point de début d'Outro. Un clic-gauche sur le " +"marqueur lorsqu'il est défini permet d'accéder au marqueur. Lorsqu'il n'est " +"pas défini, un clic place le marqueur à la position de lecture actuelle. Un " +"clic-droit sur le marqueur lorsqu'il est défini efface le marqueur." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:495 msgid "" "If :term:`quantization` is enabled, left-clicking on any of the markers " "snaps to the nearest beat." msgstr "" +"Si :term:`quantization` est activé, un clic-gauche sur l'un des marqueurs " +"s'aligne sur le battement le plus proche." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:500 msgid "Transport Controls" @@ -1187,7 +1378,7 @@ msgstr "Les contrôles de transport de la platine" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:516 msgid "**Beatjump/ Loop Move Size**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Taille du saut de battement / déplacement de boucle" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:516 msgid "" @@ -1195,10 +1386,14 @@ msgid "" "select the number of beats to jump or move, with the Beatjump Forward/ " "Backward buttons." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez taper, utiliser les touches fléchées ou faire défiler " +"verticalement dans la zone de saisie pour sélectionner le nombre de " +"battement à sauter ou à déplacer, avec les boutons Saut de battement vers " +"l'avant/l'arrière." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:520 msgid "**Beatjump Backward button**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Saut de battement vers l'avant**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:519 msgid "" @@ -1207,10 +1402,14 @@ msgid "" "Clicking this while the loop is active will move the loop backward by the " "set number of beats (left click) or by one beat (right click)." msgstr "" +"En cliquant dessus alors que la boucle est inactive, la piste reculera du " +"nombre de battement défini (clic-gauche) ou d'un battement (clic-droit). En " +"cliquant dessus pendant que la boucle est active, la boucle reculera du " +"nombre de battement défini (clic-gauche) ou d'un battement (clic-droit)." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:524 msgid "**Beatjump Forward button**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Saut de battement vers l'arrière**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:523 msgid "" @@ -1219,6 +1418,10 @@ msgid "" " this while the loop is active will move the loop forward by the set number " "of beats (left click) or by one beat (right click)." msgstr "" +"En cliquant dessus alors que la boucle est inactive, la piste avancera du " +"nombre de battements défini (clic-gauche) ou d'un battement (clic-droit). En" +" cliquant dessus pendant que la boucle est active, la boucle avancera du " +"nombre de battement défini (clic-gauche) ou d'un battement (clic-droit)." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:529 msgid "Vinyl Control Mode and Cueing controls" @@ -1236,6 +1439,12 @@ msgid "" "toggle :menuselection:`Skin Settings --> Vinyl Control Options`, or use the " "specific :ref:`appendix-shortcuts` to show or hide the section." msgstr "" +"Le contrôle au-dessus des formes d'onde concerne la fonctionnalité " +":term:`vinyl control` dans Mixxx et est **caché** dans la valeur par défaut " +"de :ref:`Mixxx user interface `. Cliquer sur l'icône " +"engrenage dans le coin supérieur droit, puis activer :menuselection:`Vinyl " +"Control`, ou utiliser le :ref:`appendix-shortcuts` spécifique pour afficher " +"ou masquer la section." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:547 msgid "" @@ -1247,23 +1456,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:550 msgid "**Vinyl button**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Button Vinyl *" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:552 msgid "" "This button enables :term:`vinyl control`. When enabled in Mixxx, the track " "on the Mixxx deck is controlled by the external vinyl control." msgstr "" +"Ce bouton active le :term:`Contrôle Vinyle`. Lorsqu'elle est activée dans " +"Mixxx, la piste de la platine Mixxx est contrôlée par la commande de vinyle " +"externe." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:555 msgid "**Pass button**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Button Pass**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:557 msgid "" "This button enables passthrough. When enabled, audio from an external vinyl " "can be played on the Mixxx deck." msgstr "" +"Ce bouton active le passthrough. Lorsqu'il est activé, l'audio d'un vinyle " +"externe peut être lu sur la platine Mixxx." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:560 msgid "**Abs/Rel/Const button**" @@ -1294,7 +1508,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:568 msgid "**Cue/Hot button**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Button Cue/Hot**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:570 msgid "" @@ -1313,11 +1527,15 @@ msgid "" "**Cue**: If the needle is dropped after the cue point, the track will seek " "to that cue point." msgstr "" +"**Cue**: Si l'aiguille tombe après le point de repère, la piste recherchera " +"ce point de repère." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:576 msgid "" "**Hot**: The track will seek to the nearest previous :term:`hotcue` point." msgstr "" +"**Hot**: La piste recherchera le point de :term:`repère rapide` précédent le" +" plus proche." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:581 msgid "Sync and Rate Controls" @@ -1325,7 +1543,7 @@ msgstr "Contrôles de vitesse et de synchronisation" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:595 msgid "The rate control section of the deck" -msgstr "" +msgstr "La section de contrôle du taux de platine" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:595 msgid "Rate controls" @@ -1381,6 +1599,8 @@ msgid "" "The sync leader, identified by the lit sync-lock button and the crown " "symbol." msgstr "" +"Le leader de synchronisation, identifié par le bouton de verrouillage de " +"synchronisation allumé et le symbole de la couronne." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:613 msgid "" @@ -1406,6 +1626,12 @@ msgid "" "The sync targets for decks are chosen with the new sync lock feature, see " ":ref:`sync-lock` for more information." msgstr "" +"Donc plus simplement, si vous synchronisez un échantillonneur et que la " +"platine 1 et la platine 2 sont en train de lire une piste avec une grille " +"rythmique alors la platine 1 l'emportera car elle est numériquement la " +"première. Les cibles de synchronisation pour les platines sont choisies avec" +" la nouvelle fonction de synchronisation, voir :ref:`master-sync` pour plus " +"d'informations." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:627 #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1162 @@ -1462,6 +1688,12 @@ msgid "" "tempo is restored. The buttons can act as either a fixed :term:`pitch bend` " "or a :term:`ramping pitch bend`." msgstr "" +"Cliquer sur les boutons fléchés en diagonale revient à pousser le bord " +"métallique d'un plateau tournant ou le bord extérieur d'un lecteur CD. Cela " +"poussera ou tirera la piste vers l’avant ou vers l’arrière. Si les boutons " +"sont relâchés, le tempo précédent est restauré. Les boutons peuvent agir " +"soit comme un :term:`pitch bend` fixe, soit comme un :term:`ramping pitch " +"bend`." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:646 msgid "**Pitch/Rate buttons**" @@ -1475,6 +1707,12 @@ msgid "" "pitch/rate buttons, the change is permanent so these button s don't need to " "be held down." msgstr "" +"Cliquer sur le bouton :guilabel:`-` règlera la hauteur/vitesse plus bas " +"tandis que le bouton :guilabel:`+` réglera la hauteur/vitesse plus haut. " +"C'est comme si vous déplaciez le curseur de hauteur vers le haut ou vers le " +"bas d'une valeur fixe. Contrairement à l'utilisation des boutons temporaires" +" de hauteur/vitesse, le changement est permanent, il n'est donc pas " +"nécessaire de maintenir ces boutons enfoncés." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:648 msgid "" @@ -1514,10 +1752,15 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`beatjump / loop move controls ` shown at the " "right side of the looping controls." msgstr "" +"Dans cette section de l'interface Mixxx, vous pouvez contrôler les boucles " +"(-battement) et définir les points de boucle d'une piste. Vous pouvez " +"également décaler les boucles en utilisant le :ref:`beatjump / loop move " +"controls ` affiché sur le côté droit des commandes de " +"bouclage." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:682 msgid "**Beatloop size**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Taille de la boucle de battement**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:681 msgid "" @@ -1526,10 +1769,15 @@ msgid "" "matches the size. If a loop is set, a loop overlay will be drawn on the " ":ref:`waveforms `." msgstr "" +"La zone de saisie vous permet de définir la taille de la boucle en battement" +" à définir avec le bouton boucle de battement. Changer cela redimensionne la" +" boucle si la boucle correspond déjà à la taille. Si une boucle est définie," +" une superposition de boucle sera dessinée sur la :ref:`waveforms " +"`." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:686 msgid "**Beatloop**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Boucle de battement**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:685 msgid "" @@ -1541,10 +1789,19 @@ msgid "" "enables a rolling loop over the set number of beats. Playback will resume " "where the track would have been if it had not entered the loop." msgstr "" +"Clic-gauche sur le bouton boucle de battement démarre une boucle sur le " +"nombre de battement défini. Si la quantification est activée, elle se cale " +"sur le battement le plus proche. Cela fonctionne pour les boucles placées " +"manuellement ainsi que pour les boucles automatiques définies par les " +"boutons de boucle de battement. En fonction de l'état actuel de la boucle, " +"la superposition de boucle sur les formes d'onde change de couleur. Clic-" +"droit sur le bouton boucle de battement active temporairement une boucle " +"déroulante sur le nombre de battement défini. La lecture reprendra là où la " +"piste aurait été si elle n'était pas entrée dans la boucle." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:690 msgid "**Double loop**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Doublage de la boucle**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:689 msgid "" @@ -1552,10 +1809,13 @@ msgid "" "to 64 bars. The length of the loop overlay in the waveform will increase " "accordingly." msgstr "" +"Cliquer sur la flèche pointant vers le haut doublera la longueur de la " +"boucle actuelle jusqu'à 64 mesures. La longueur de la superposition de " +"boucle dans la forme d’onde augmentera en conséquence." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:694 msgid "**Halve loop**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Réduction de la boucle de moitié**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:693 msgid "" @@ -1563,10 +1823,13 @@ msgid "" "down to 1/32 bars. The length of the loop overlay in the waveform will " "decrease accordingly." msgstr "" +"Cliquer sur la flèche pointant vers le bas réduira de moitié la longueur de " +"la boucle actuelle jusqu'à 1/32 mesures. La longueur de la superposition de " +"boucle dans la forme d’onde diminuera en conséquence." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:699 msgid "**Loop-In**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Début de boucle**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:697 msgid "" @@ -1574,10 +1837,14 @@ msgid "" "marker is placed on the waveform indicating the position. If clicked when a " "loop was already set, it moves the start point of a loop to a new position." msgstr "" +"Ce bouton vous permet de définir manuellement le point de départ d'une " +"boucle. Un marqueur début de boucle est placé sur la forme d'onde indiquant " +"la position. Si vous cliquez dessus alors qu'une boucle était déjà définie, " +"cela déplace le point de départ d'une boucle vers une nouvelle position." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:704 msgid "**Loop-Out**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Sortie de boucle**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:702 msgid "" @@ -1585,10 +1852,14 @@ msgid "" "marker is placed on the waveform indicating the position. If clicked when a " "loop was already set, it moves the end point of a loop to a new position." msgstr "" +"Ce bouton vous permet de définir manuellement le point final d'une boucle. " +"Un marqueur de boucle est placé sur la forme d'onde indiquant la position. " +"Si vous cliquez dessus alors qu'une boucle était déjà définie, cela déplace " +"le point final d'une boucle vers une nouvelle position." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:708 msgid "**Reloop**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Reboucler**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:707 msgid "" @@ -1597,6 +1868,11 @@ msgid "" " This works only if the Loop-in and Loop-Out marker are set. Right-clicking " "this button enables the loop, jumps to Loop-in marker and stops playback." msgstr "" +"Clic-gauche sur ce bouton active ou désactive la boucle actuelle. Si la " +"boucle est en avance sur la position actuelle, la boucle commencera lorsque " +"la boucle sera atteinte. Cela ne fonctionne que si les marqueurs début de " +"boucle et sortie de boucle sont définis. Clic-droit sur ce bouton active la " +"boucle, saute au marqueur début de boucle et arrête la lecture." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:710 msgid "" @@ -1605,6 +1881,10 @@ msgid "" " the play position reaches the desired position, click on the Loop-Out " "button." msgstr "" +"Si vous êtes en cours de lecture dans une boucle et souhaitez déplacer le " +"point final au-delà de sa position actuelle dans la piste, cliquer d'abord " +"sur le bouton *boucle de battement* et lorsque la position de lecture " +"atteint la position souhaitée, cliquer sur le bouton sortie de boucle." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:715 msgid "" @@ -1687,13 +1967,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:763 msgid "Highlighting Hotcues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mise en évidence des repères rapides" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:765 msgid "" "It's possible to add labels or colors to your hotcues to make them easier to" " distinguish and make it possible to get their \"meaning\" at first glance." msgstr "" +"Il est possible d'ajouter des étiquettes ou des couleurs à vos repères " +"rapides pour les rendre plus faciles à distinguer et permettre d'en saisir " +"la « signification » au premier coup d'œil." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:768 msgid "" @@ -1701,6 +1984,10 @@ msgid "" " opened by right-clicking either the hotcue button or the hotcue marker in " "the waveform overview." msgstr "" +"Les étiquettes et les couleurs peuvent être attribuées à partir du menu " +"contextuel repère rapide, qui peut être ouvert en cliquant avec le bouton " +"droit sur le bouton repère rapide ou sur le marqueur repère rapide dans " +"l'aperçu de la forme d'onde." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:772 msgid "" @@ -1708,10 +1995,13 @@ msgid "" "palette>` and :ref:`bulk replacing hotcue colors `." msgstr "" +"Mixxx permet la :ref:`personnalisation de la palette de " +"couleurs` et le :ref:`remplacement en masse " +"des couleurs des repères rapides (hotcue) `." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:775 msgid "Deleting Hotcues" -msgstr "Suppression des Repères rapides" +msgstr "Suppression des repères rapides (hotcues)" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:777 msgid "" @@ -1719,6 +2009,10 @@ msgid "" "in the overview waveform to open the context menu, then click the trash " "icon." msgstr "" +"Pour supprimer un repère rapide (hotcue), clic-droit sur le bouton repère " +"rapide (hotcue) ou sur le marqueur de forme d'onde dans l'aperçu de la forme" +" d'onde pour ouvrir le menu contextuel, puis cliquer sur l'icône de la " +"corbeille." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:780 msgid "" @@ -1747,7 +2041,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:794 msgid "Mixer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Table de mixage" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:807 msgid "The mixer section" @@ -1781,6 +2075,14 @@ msgid "" "region. They should never be in the red region. Refer to :ref:`Setting your " "levels properly (gain staging) ` for more details." msgstr "" +"L'indicateur de gauche indique le niveau de volume de la platine de gauche, " +"tandis que l'indicateur de droite indique le niveau de volume de la platine " +"de droite. Le double indicateur au centre affiche séparément le volume " +"actuel des canaux gauche et droit de la sortie principale. Ceux-ci doivent " +"rester en haut de la région verte, les parties les plus fortes de la musique" +" (transitoires) passant brièvement dans la région jaune. Ils ne devraient " +"jamais se trouver dans la zone rouge. Voir :ref:`Régler correctement les " +"niveaux (gain staging)` pour plus de détails." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:833 msgid "**Line faders**" @@ -1811,10 +2113,11 @@ msgstr "Potentiomètres de gain et égaliseurs" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:847 msgid "The EQ Controls of a deck in the mixer" msgstr "" +"Les commandes d'égalisation (EQ) d'une platine dans la table de mixage" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:847 msgid "EQ Controls" -msgstr "Contrôle égaliseur" +msgstr "Contrôle égaliseur (EQ)" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:868 #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1155 @@ -1832,6 +2135,15 @@ msgid "" "is in the red region. At this point the track is clipping, which sounds bad " "and could damage equipment.**" msgstr "" +"Le bouton de gain (orange) au dessus du potentiomètre linéaire de volume " +"permet de régler le gain appliqué à la platine. Utiliser-le pour compenser " +"les différences de niveaux d'enregistrement entre les pistes. En général, " +"vous devez régler ce bouton de manière à ce que le :term:`vue-mètre` de la " +"piste reste autour du haut de la région verte, les parties les plus fortes " +"de la piste (les transitoires) passant brièvement dans la région jaune. " +"**N'augmentez PAS le bouton de gain au point que le vue-mètre se trouve dans" +" la région rouge. À ce stade, la piste est écrêtée, ce qui sonne mal et " +"pourrait endommager l'équipement.**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:858 msgid "" @@ -1909,7 +2221,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:891 msgid "**Quick Effect Super knob**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Super potentiomètre d'effet rapide**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:887 msgid "" @@ -1920,6 +2232,12 @@ msgid "" "effect. It provides the same latching capabilities like the EQ Kill " "switches." msgstr "" +"Ce potentiomètre vous permet de contrôler le Meta potentiomètre d'effet " +"rapide de la platine. La valeur par défaut est « Filtre ». Clic-droit sur ce" +" potentiomètre pour le centrer. Cela équivaut à « aucun effet audible » pour" +" les effets de filtre intégrés uniquement (Filtre, Moog Ladder 4 Filter). Le" +" bouton à côté du potentiomètre active/désactive l’effet. Il offre les mêmes" +" capacités de verrouillage que les commutateurs suppression EQ." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:893 msgid "" @@ -2010,6 +2328,11 @@ msgid "" "and small crossfade right, the :term:`shortcuts ` are :kbd:`Shift`" " + :kbd:`G` and :kbd:`Shift` + :kbd:`H` respectively." msgstr "" +"Pour déplacer le curseur de mixage (crossfader) vers la gauche ou la droite," +" vous pouvez utiliser le :term:` :term:`raccourci clavier ` " +":kbd:`G` et :kbd:`H`. Pour appliquer un petit fondu enchainé à gauche et à " +"droite, les ` :term:`raccourcis ` sont respectivement :kbd:`Shift`" +" + :kbd:`G` et :kbd:`Shift` + :kbd:`H`." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:951 msgid "" @@ -2030,6 +2353,10 @@ msgid "" "crossfader the deck is assigned. It can be set to the left or right side, or" " to the center where it is unaffected by the crossfader knob." msgstr "" +"Les commutateurs d'orientation :term:`curseur de mixage (crossfader)` " +"déterminent à quel côté du curseur la platine est assignée. Il peut être " +"réglé sur le côté gauche ou droit, ou au centre où il n'est pas affecté par " +"le potentiomètre du curseur." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:959 msgid "" @@ -2041,19 +2368,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:965 msgid "Headphone and Main Mix Controls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Commandes du casque et du mixage principal" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:973 msgid "The headphone and Main mix knobs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Les potentiomètres casque et mixage principal" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:973 msgid "The headphone and main mix knobs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Les potentiomètres casque et mixage principal" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:993 msgid "**Headphone Mix knob**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Potentiomètre casque MIX**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:976 msgid "" @@ -2063,6 +2390,11 @@ msgid "" "only hear the PFL signal, which is the usual position for prelistening " "tracks." msgstr "" +"Permet de contrôler la quantité de sortie principale que vous entendez dans " +"la sortie :guilabel:`casque`. Il fonctionne comme un curseur de mixage " +"(crossfader) entre le signal stéréo principal et le signal stéréo " +":term:`PFL`. Si le potentiomètre est réglé à gauche, vous n'entendez que le " +"signal PFL, qui est la position habituelle pour la pré-écoute des titres." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:981 msgid "" @@ -2082,6 +2414,14 @@ msgid "" "headphones by setting up the speakers behind you so both you and your " "audience can hear them." msgstr "" +"De plus, cela peut être utilisé pour mixer au casque lorsque vous n'entendez" +" pas les haut-parleurs connectés à la sortie :guilabel:`principale` et qu'il" +" n'y a pas de haut-parleurs de retour cabine. Certains DJ préfèrent utiliser" +" ce potentiomètre pour mixer tout le temps au casque, mais beaucoup trouvent" +" que c'est une façon difficile de jouer. S'il n'y a qu'un seul ensemble " +"d'enceintes et aucun haut-parleurs de retour cabine, vous pouvez éviter " +"d'avoir à mixer avec des écouteurs en installant les enceintes derrière vous" +" afin que vous et votre public puissiez les entendre." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:992 msgid "" @@ -2093,7 +2433,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1006 msgid "**Head knob (Headphone gain)**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Potentiomètre HEAD (gain casque)**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:996 msgid "" @@ -2108,6 +2448,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Head` knob in Mixxx to control the volume of your headphones " "without affecting your Main output." msgstr "" +"Ce potentiomètre contrôle le gain appliqué au signal de sortie casque que " +"Mixxx envoie à votre carte son. Généralement, ce potentiomètre ne doit pas " +"être ajusté. Pour régler le volume de votre casque, réglez le gain sur la " +"sortie casque de votre carte son. La plupart des cartes son externes ont un " +"bouton de gain spécifiquement pour la prise casque. Si vous utilisez une " +"carte son intégrée pour vos écouteurs, régler le contrôle de gain dans le " +"programme de mixage de votre :term:`OS `. Si votre carte " +"son n'a qu'un seul bouton de gain qui contrôle à la fois la sortie " +"principale et la sortie casque, alors ajuster le potentiomètre " +":guilabel:`Head` dans Mixxx pour contrôler le volume de votre casque sans " +"affecter votre sortie principale." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1006 msgid "" @@ -2115,10 +2466,13 @@ msgid "" "controls can be mapped to keyboards and MIDI controllers. See " ":ref:`appendix-mixxxcontrols` for detailed information." msgstr "" +"Tous les contrôles ne sont plus présents dans tous les thèmes. Cependant, " +"ces commandes peuvent être mappées sur des claviers et des contrôleurs MIDI." +" Voir :ref:`appendix-mixxxcontrols` pour des informations détaillées." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1013 msgid "**Headphone Split Cue button**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Bouton répartition de pré-écoute au casque**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1009 msgid "" @@ -2128,20 +2482,27 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Head Mix` knob to control the mix of the Main and cue signals in " "the left channel." msgstr "" +"Si activé, deux signaux mono sont envoyés à la sortie casque au lieu d'un " +"signal stéréo. Le signal principal est diffusé sur le canal droit, tandis " +"que le signal de pré-écoute est diffusé sur le canal gauche. Vous pouvez " +"toujours régler le potentiomètre :guilabel:`casque MIX` pour contrôler le " +"mixage des signaux principal et pré-écoute dans le canal gauche." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1017 msgid "**Balance Knob**" -msgstr "**Potentiomètre balance L/R**" +msgstr "**Potentiomètre balance BAL**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1016 msgid "" "This knob allows you to adjust the :term:`balance` (left/right orientation) " "of the Main output." msgstr "" +"Ce bouton vous permet d'ajuster la :term:`balance` (orientation " +"gauche/droite) de la sortie principale." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1046 msgid "**Main Knob**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Potentiomètre principal MAIN**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1022 msgid "" @@ -2155,6 +2516,17 @@ msgid "" "monitors, and PA systems that do not require a separate amplifier, this " "means adjusting the gain on the speakers (which may be labeled \"Volume\")." msgstr "" +"Le potentiomètre de gain principal MAIN contrôle le gain appliqué au signal " +"de sortie principal que Mixxx envoie à votre carte son, aux serveurs de " +"diffusion Internet et aux mix enregistrés. Généralement, ce potentiomètre ne" +" doit pas être ajusté. Pour modifier le volume de sortie, une commande de " +"gain doit être réglée aussi près que possible des haut-parleurs pour obtenir" +" le meilleur rapport signal/bruit tout au long de votre chaine de signal. " +"Idéalement, le volume ne serait ajusté qu’en ajustant le gain de " +"l’amplificateur de puissance. Sur les enceintes actives, y compris les " +"enceintes d'ordinateur, les hauts parleurs de studio et les systèmes de " +"sonorisation qui ne nécessitent pas d'amplificateur séparé, cela signifie " +"ajuster le gain des enceintes (qui peut être étiqueté « Volume »)." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1032 msgid "" @@ -2167,6 +2539,16 @@ msgid "" ":term:`OS ` mixer program. The Main Gain Knob in Mixxx " "should be a last resort for adjusting volume." msgstr "" +"En tant que DJ, vous n'aurez peut-être pas accès à l'amplificateur de " +"puissance. Dans ce cas, régler le volume en ajustant le gain sur " +"l'équipement le plus proche de l'amplificateur de puissance auquel vous avez" +" accès. Il s’agit généralement d’une table de mixage DJ. Si vous ne passez " +"pas par une table de mixage, régler le gain de votre carte son. Si votre " +"carte son ne comporte aucune commande (par exemple, pour les cartes son " +"intégrées aux ordinateurs), ajuster les paramètres de la carte son avec le " +"programme de mixage de votre :term:`OS `. Le potentiomètre" +" de gain principal de Mixxx devrait être un dernier recours pour régler le " +"volume." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1041 msgid "" @@ -2180,7 +2562,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1051 msgid "Samplers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Échantillonneurs" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1060 #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1069 @@ -2189,11 +2571,11 @@ msgstr "Une platine échantillonneur" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1060 msgid "Sample decks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Platines échantillonneur" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1069 msgid "Sample decks expanded" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Platines échantillonneur maximisées" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1071 msgid "" @@ -2206,7 +2588,7 @@ msgstr "" "jouer de courts échantillons et jingles mais également des pistes " "supplémentaires dans votre mix. Ils sont livrés avec une petite forme d'onde" " d'ensemble et un nombre limité de commandes. Toutes les commandes " -"fonctionnent comme sur les platines ordinaires, voir: ref:`interface-decks`." +"fonctionnent comme sur les platines ordinaires, voir :ref:`interface-decks`." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1076 msgid "" @@ -2215,6 +2597,9 @@ msgid "" "the user interface, or use the specific :ref:`appendix-shortcuts` to show or" " hide the section." msgstr "" +"La section échantillonneur peut être **masquée** dans le :ref:`Interface utilisateur Mixxx `. Cliquer sur le bouton :guilabel:`SAMPLERS` en haut de l'interface utilisateur, ou utiliser le :ref:`appendix-shortcuts` spécifique pour afficher ou masquer la section.\n" +"\n" +"Maximiser/Minimiser l'affichage des platines échantillonneur grâce au bouton situé au centre de la ligne des échantillonneurs." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1082 msgid "Waveform Display" @@ -2267,7 +2652,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1109 msgid "Sample Deck Options Button Grid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grille de boutons des options de la platine d’échantillonnage" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1110 msgid "" @@ -2275,6 +2660,10 @@ msgid "" "sampler deck. Starting from the top row (left to right) and the bottom row " "(left to right), the buttons are as follows:" msgstr "" +"La grille de boutons à côté de l'aperçu de la forme d'onde échantillonneur " +"vous permet de configurer la platine d'échantillonnage. En partant de la " +"rangée du haut (de gauche à droite) et de la rangée du bas (de gauche à " +"droite), les boutons sont les suivants :" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1119 msgid "Clicking this button ejects the track from the deck." @@ -2291,7 +2680,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1127 msgid "**Crossfader Orientation Toggle**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Commuter l'orientation du curseur de mixage (crossfader)**" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1126 msgid "" @@ -2299,6 +2688,10 @@ msgid "" "crossfader the sampler is assigned. It can be set to the left or right side," " or to the center where it is unaffected by the crossfader knob." msgstr "" +"L'orientation du :term:`curseur de mixage (crossfader)` détermine à quel " +"côté du curseur l'échantillonneur est assigné. Il peut être réglé sur le " +"côté gauche ou droit, ou au centre où il n'est pas affecté par le " +"potentiomètre du curseur." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1130 msgid "Sample Deck Controls" @@ -2397,7 +2790,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1167 msgid "Effects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Effets" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1175 #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1183 @@ -2406,11 +2799,11 @@ msgstr "Une unité d'effet" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1175 msgid "Collapsed effect unit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unité d'effet minimisée" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1183 msgid "Expanded effect unit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unité d'effet maximisée" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1185 msgid "" @@ -2435,7 +2828,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1196 msgid "Microphones & Auxiliary Inputs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Microphones et entrées auxiliaires" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1208 msgid "The Microphone section" @@ -2448,6 +2841,10 @@ msgid "" "the top of your user interface, or use the specific :ref:`appendix-" "shortcuts` to show or hide the section." msgstr "" +"La section microphone est **cachée** par défaut dans l':ref:`Interface " +"utilisateur Mixxx `. Cliquer sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`MIC/AUX` en haut de votre interface utilisateur, ou utiliser le " +":ref:`appendix-shortcuts` spécifique pour afficher ou masquer la section." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1214 msgid "" @@ -2473,6 +2870,12 @@ msgid "" "broadcasting>` a radio show. When in Latch mode, click again to mute the " "microphone input." msgstr "" +"Maintenir ce bouton enfoncé et parler pour mélanger l'entrée du microphone " +"dans la sortie principale du Mixxx. Cliquer brièvement sur le bouton pour " +"verrouiller. C'est pratique pour parler pendant une période prolongée, par " +"exemple lors du :ref:`streaming ` d'une émission de " +"radio. En mode verrouillé, cliquer à nouveau pour couper l’entrée du " +"microphone." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1229 msgid "**Mix Orientation Toggle**" @@ -2511,11 +2914,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1241 msgid "Preview Deck" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Platine de pré-écoute" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1253 msgid "The Preview Deck with a track loaded" -msgstr "Une platine d'aperçu avec une chanson chargée" +msgstr "La platine de pré-écoute avec une piste chargée" #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1255 msgid "" @@ -2526,6 +2929,12 @@ msgid "" ":kbd:`4` (Windows/Linux) or :kbd:`CMD` + :kbd:`4` (Mac) to display the " "Preview Deck." msgstr "" +"La platine de pré-écoute est une platine spéciale qui vous permet de pré-" +"écouter les pistes au casque avant de les utiliser dans votre mix. La pré-" +"écoute d'un morceau ne modifie pas son état :guilabel:`joué` ni le compteur " +"de lecture et n'est pas enregistrée dans l':ref:`Historique `. Appuyer sur :kbd:`CTRL` + :kbd:`4` (Windows/Linux) ou :kbd:`CMD` " +"+ :kbd:`4` (Mac) pour afficher la platine de pré-écoute." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1261 msgid "The features in detail:" @@ -2539,6 +2948,11 @@ msgid "" "tracks>`. This information is initially loaded from the track's " ":term:`metadata`." msgstr "" +"**Artiste/Titre de la piste** : L'artiste et le titre de la piste sont " +"affichés ici. C'est le même que celui répertorié dans les colonnes " +":guilabel:`Artiste` et :guilabel:`Titre` dans la :ref:`bibliothèque Mixxx " +"`. Ces informations sont initialement chargées à partir des " +":term:`métadonnées` de la piste." #: ../../chapters/user_interface.rst:1267 msgid "" diff --git a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/vinyl_control.po b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/vinyl_control.po index 3b3851741e..79ad2c9409 100644 --- a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/vinyl_control.po +++ b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/vinyl_control.po @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ msgstr "Affichage de l'état du contrôle vinyle" #: ../../chapters/vinyl_control.rst:318 msgid "The vinyl control status of the deck" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le statut du contrôle vinyle de la platine" #: ../../chapters/vinyl_control.rst:318 msgid "The vinyl control status, and signal quality display of the deck" diff --git a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/glossary.po b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/glossary.po index 28d5fabf00..5865a921d6 100644 --- a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/glossary.po +++ b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/glossary.po @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Daniel Schürmann , 2022 +# Rafael French , 2024 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-24 15:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Daniel Schürmann , 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Rafael French , 2024\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -31,7 +32,7 @@ msgstr "AAC" #: ../../glossary.rst:248 msgid "Advanced Audio Coding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Advanced Audio Coding (Codage audio avancé)" #: ../../glossary.rst:250 msgid "" @@ -41,6 +42,12 @@ msgid "" "extension is sometimes used for AAC-encoded files, they are typically saved " "with an :file:`.m4a` file extension." msgstr "" +"Un algorithme de compression audio breveté qui utilise une forme de " +"compression de données :term:`lossy`. Conçu pour succéder au :term:`MP3`, " +"AAC permet généralement d'obtenir une meilleure qualité sonore à des débits " +"binaires similaires. Bien que l'extension .aac soit parfois utilisée pour " +"les fichiers codés en AAC, ils sont généralement enregistrés avec une " +"extension de fichier :file:`.m4a`." #: ../../glossary.rst:477 msgid "AcoustID" @@ -68,7 +75,7 @@ msgstr "AIFF" #: ../../glossary.rst:270 msgid "Audio Interchange File Format" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Audio Interchange File Format (Format de fichier d'échange audio)" #: ../../glossary.rst:272 msgid "" @@ -76,6 +83,10 @@ msgid "" "quality audio stored in a non-compressed, :term:`lossless` format. AIFF " "files generally end with a .aiff or .aif extension." msgstr "" +"Format de fichier audio numérique de haute qualité, similaire aux fichiers " +".wav. Contient de l'audio de qualité CD stocké dans un format non compressé " +":term:`lossless`. Les fichiers AIFF se terminent généralement par une " +"extension .aiff ou .aif." #: ../../glossary.rst:261 msgid "ALAC" @@ -83,7 +94,7 @@ msgstr "ALAC" #: ../../glossary.rst:262 msgid "Apple Lossless Audio Codec" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Apple Lossless Audio Codec (Codec audio sans perte Apple)" #: ../../glossary.rst:264 msgid "" @@ -93,6 +104,12 @@ msgid "" "programs are not compatible with ALAC. It is recommended to convert ALAC " "files to :term:`FLAC` for use in Mixxx." msgstr "" +"Format de fichier audio :term:`lossless` utilisé par iTunes et d'autres " +"produits Apple. Les fichiers ALAC utilisent le même format de conteneur MP4 " +"que AAC et utilisent les mêmes extensions de fichier (:file:`m4a`, " +":file:`mp4`). Mixxx et de nombreux autres programmes ne sont pas compatibles" +" avec ALAC. Il est recommandé de convertir les fichiers ALAC en :term:`FLAC`" +" pour une utilisation dans Mixxx." #: ../../glossary.rst:484 msgid "API" @@ -100,7 +117,7 @@ msgstr "API" #: ../../glossary.rst:485 msgid "Application Program Interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Application Program Interface (Interface du programme d'application)" #: ../../glossary.rst:487 msgid "" @@ -109,20 +126,27 @@ msgid "" " Mixxx uses to communicate with the :term:`operating system` to make use of " "the :term:`soundcards ` connected to the computer." msgstr "" +"Une API est une spécification et un ensemble de règles régissant la manière " +"dont les logiciels interagissent les uns avec les autres. Dans Mixxx, un " +"exemple de ceci est l'API audio que Mixxx utilise pour communiquer avec le " +":term:`système d'exploitation` afin d'utiliser les :term:`cartes son " +"` connectées à l’ordinateur." #: ../../glossary.rst:6 msgid "ASIO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ASIO" #: ../../glossary.rst:7 msgid "Audio Stream Input/Output" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Audio Stream Input/Output (Entrée/sortie du flux audio)" #: ../../glossary.rst:9 msgid "" "ASIO is a :term:`low-latency ` :term:`audio interface` :term:`API` " "on Microsoft Windows." msgstr "" +"ASIO est une ` :term:`API` d'interface audio :term:`faible-latence " +"` :term:` sur Microsoft Windows." #: ../../glossary.rst:358 msgid "audio interface" @@ -136,6 +160,11 @@ msgid "" "higher quality audio interface with at least 4 output channels is " "recommended for Mixxx." msgstr "" +"Une interface audio est un périphérique qui facilite l'entrée et la sortie " +"de signaux audio vers et depuis un ordinateur, généralement connecté par " +":term:`USB`. Presque tous les ordinateurs sont équipés d'une interface audio" +" de base intégrée, mais une interface audio de qualité supérieure avec au " +"moins 4 canaux de sortie est recommandée pour Mixxx." #: ../../glossary.rst:212 msgid "balance" @@ -224,6 +253,11 @@ msgid "" " compressed at 192 Kbps will have a greater dynamic range and may sound " "slightly more clear than the same audio file compressed at 128 Kbps." msgstr "" +"Décrire la qualité d'un fichier audio ou vidéo. Pour les données audio, le " +"débit binaire est généralement mesuré en :term:`kbps`. Par exemple, un " +"fichier audio MP3 compressé à 192 Kbps aura une plage dynamique plus grande " +"et peut sembler légèrement plus clair que le même fichier audio compressé à " +"128 Kbps." #: ../../glossary.rst:96 msgid "BPM" @@ -231,7 +265,7 @@ msgstr "BPM" #: ../../glossary.rst:97 msgid "Beats per minute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beats per minute (Battements par minute)" #: ../../glossary.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -239,6 +273,9 @@ msgid "" "you are following the “beat”. If you count how many taps you do in a minute " "you have calculated the BPM." msgstr "" +"Le BPM est utilisé comme mesure du tempo dans la musique. Si vous tapez du " +"pied sur de la musique, vous suivez le « rythme ». Si vous comptez le nombre" +" de tapotements effectués en une minute, vous avez calculé le BPM." #: ../../glossary.rst:346 msgid "bug report" @@ -301,16 +338,27 @@ msgid "" "prefer to control DJ software using physical knobs, faders, and wheels on " "controllers instead of using a computer keyboard and mouse." msgstr "" +"Un périphérique matériel externe qui génère et transmet des signaux à un " +"ordinateur, généralement via :term:`USB`, pour contrôler un logiciel avec " +"des commandes physiques autres qu'une souris et un clavier. Les contrôleurs " +"ont de nombreuses utilisations pour la musique, comme le contrôle de " +"programmes DJ comme Mixxx. Ils envoient généralement des signaux " +":term:`MIDI` mais certains contrôleurs utilisent des signaux :term:`HID`. De" +" nombreux DJ préfèrent contrôler le logiciel DJ à l’aide de boutons " +"physiques, de curseurs et de potentiomètres sur les contrôleurs plutôt que " +"d’utiliser un clavier et une souris d’ordinateur." #: ../../glossary.rst:20 msgid "crossfader" -msgstr "crossfader" +msgstr "curseur de mixage" #: ../../glossary.rst:22 msgid "" "The crossfader is a slider that determines how much each deck of audio " "contributes to the :term:`main output`." msgstr "" +"Un curseur de mixage qui détermine à quel niveau chaque platine contribue à " +"la :term:`sortie principale`." #: ../../glossary.rst:377 msgid "cue" @@ -318,7 +366,7 @@ msgstr "repère" #: ../../glossary.rst:378 msgid "cue point" -msgstr "" +msgstr "point de repère" #: ../../glossary.rst:380 msgid "" @@ -326,6 +374,9 @@ msgid "" "the track to start at by default. This is useful to instantly jump to that " "point without seeking through the track." msgstr "" +"Un point de référence dans la piste généralement placé à la position à " +"laquelle le DJ souhaite que la piste commence par défaut. Ceci est utile " +"pour accéder instantanément à ce point sans parcourir la piste." #: ../../glossary.rst:320 msgid "cue sheet" @@ -365,13 +416,15 @@ msgstr "DAW" #: ../../glossary.rst:511 msgid "Digital Audio Workstation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Digital Audio Workstation (Station de travail audio numérique)" #: ../../glossary.rst:513 msgid "" "An electronic device or application software used for recording, editing and" " producing audio files." msgstr "" +"Un appareil électronique ou un logiciel d'application utilisé pour " +"enregistrer, éditer et produire des fichiers audio." #: ../../glossary.rst:313 msgid "db" @@ -379,7 +432,7 @@ msgstr "dB" #: ../../glossary.rst:314 msgid "decibel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "décibel" #: ../../glossary.rst:316 msgid "" @@ -387,6 +440,10 @@ msgid "" "25 dB while unbearable sound such as a jet engine is around 160 db. Rule of " "thumb: A volume increase of 10 dB is perceived as twice as loud." msgstr "" +"Un décibel est une mesure logarithmique du niveau sonore. Les chuchotements " +"sont d'environ 25 dB tandis que les bruits insupportables, comme ceux d'un " +"moteur à réaction, sont d'environ 160 dB. Règle générale : une augmentation " +"du volume de 10 dB est perçue comme deux fois plus forte." #: ../../glossary.rst:78 msgid "deck" @@ -415,6 +472,12 @@ msgid "" "the latency of sending the signal into the computer for Mixxx to process and" " sending it back out to the soundcard." msgstr "" +"Une caractéristique de beaucoup de :term:`cartes son ` Cela " +"permet aux microphones et autres signaux d'entrée d'être entendus via les " +"sorties de la carte son sans latence perceptible. Avec le monitoring direct," +" l'interface audio mélange le signal d'entrée matériel avec le signal de " +"sortie de Mixxx. Cela contourne la latence d'envoi du signal à l'ordinateur " +"pour que Mixxx le traite et le renvoie à la carte son." #: ../../glossary.rst:405 msgid "DRM" @@ -529,7 +592,7 @@ msgstr "FLAC" #: ../../glossary.rst:256 msgid "Free Lossless Audio Compression" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Free Lossless Audio Compression (Compression audio libre sans perte)" #: ../../glossary.rst:258 msgid "" @@ -537,6 +600,10 @@ msgid "" "(i.e. there is no loss in audio quality when used). FLAC files generally end" " with a .flac extension." msgstr "" +"Une compression audio sans brevet similaire à :term:`MP3` mais " +":term:`lossless` (c'est-à-dire qu'il n'y a aucune perte de qualité audio " +"lors de son utilisation). Les fichiers FLAC se terminent généralement par " +"une extension .flac." #: ../../glossary.rst:393 msgid "flanger" @@ -560,7 +627,7 @@ msgstr "GUI" #: ../../glossary.rst:463 msgid "Graphical User Interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Graphical User Interface (Interface utilisateur graphique)" #: ../../glossary.rst:465 msgid "" @@ -569,6 +636,10 @@ msgid "" "mouse, keyboard, or :term:`MIDI` / :term:`HID` :term:`controllers " "` as input devices." msgstr "" +"Il se prononce « goosey » et fait référence à une interface utilisateur " +"basée sur des graphiques (icônes, images et menus) au lieu de texte. Dans " +"Mixxx, cela utilise une souris, un clavier ou des :term:`MIDI` / :term:`HID`" +" :term:`controllers ` comme périphériques d'entrée." #: ../../glossary.rst:68 msgid "head/mix button" @@ -582,6 +653,11 @@ msgid "" "with the main mix in your headphones, before letting the audience hear the " "track." msgstr "" +"Le bouton casque/mix est utilisé pour contrôler la quantité de mixage de la " +":term:`sortie principale` dans votre :term:`sortie casque`. Cela peut être " +"très utile lors du :term:`repérage` d'une piste, car vous pouvez tester le " +"son lorsqu'il est mixé avec le mixage principal dans vos écouteurs, avant de" +" laisser le public entendre la piste." #: ../../glossary.rst:53 msgid "headphone button" @@ -609,7 +685,7 @@ msgstr "HID" #: ../../glossary.rst:120 msgid "Human Interface Device" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Human Interface Device (Dispositif d'interface humaine)" #: ../../glossary.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -617,6 +693,10 @@ msgid "" " of computer hardware) for human interface devices such as keyboards, mice, " "game controllers, and some DJ :term:`controllers `." msgstr "" +"Une partie de la spécification :term:`USB`. Il spécifie une classe de " +"périphériques (un type de matériel informatique) pour les périphériques à " +"interface humaine tels que les claviers, les souris, les contrôleurs de jeu " +"et certains :term:`controleurs ` DJ." #: ../../glossary.rst:383 msgid "hotcue" @@ -677,7 +757,7 @@ msgstr "IRC" #: ../../glossary.rst:84 msgid "Internet Relay Chat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Internet Relay Chat" #: ../../glossary.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -685,6 +765,9 @@ msgid "" "IRC Network `_ in the ``#mixxx`` channel. The channel " "was replaced in 2018 by the :term:`Mixxx Zulip Chat `." msgstr "" +"IRC est un réseau de discussion en ligne. Le canal IRC de Mixxx était sur le" +" `réseau IRC FreeNode `_ dans le canal ``#mixxx``. La " +"chaîne a été remplacée en 2018 par le :term:`Chat Zulip de Mixxx `." #: ../../glossary.rst:301 msgid "kbps" @@ -743,12 +826,16 @@ msgstr "LADSPA" #: ../../glossary.rst:516 msgid "Linux Audio Developer's Simple Plugin" msgstr "" +"Linux Audio Developer's Simple Plugin (Plugin simple du développeur audio " +"Linux)" #: ../../glossary.rst:518 msgid "" "The LADSPA :term:`API` is a standard for handling audio filters and audio " "signal processing effects." msgstr "" +"L':term:`API` LADSPA est un standard pour la gestion des filtres audio et " +"des effets de traitement du signal audio." #: ../../glossary.rst:291 msgid "LAME" @@ -837,11 +924,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../glossary.rst:24 msgid "main output" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sortie principale" #: ../../glossary.rst:25 msgid "master output" -msgstr "sortie principale" +msgstr "sortie maitre" #: ../../glossary.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -849,6 +936,10 @@ msgid "" "Please note that the term \"master output\" has been used historically but " "is in the process of being phased out. Prefer using \"main output\"." msgstr "" +"La sortie principale est envoyée aux grandes enceintes. C'est ce que votre " +"public entend. Veuillez noter que le terme « sortie maitre » a été utilisé " +"historiquement mais est en train d'être progressivement supprimé. Préférez " +"utiliser la \"sortie principale\"." #: ../../glossary.rst:326 msgid "metadata" @@ -881,6 +972,8 @@ msgstr "MIDI" #: ../../glossary.rst:113 msgid "Musical Instrument Digital Interface" msgstr "" +"Musical Instrument Digital Interface (Interface numérique pour instruments " +"de musique)" #: ../../glossary.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -889,6 +982,10 @@ msgid "" "communicate with each other in a network. Most DJ :term:`controllers " "` use MIDI to communicate with computers." msgstr "" +"Langage de communication numérique et spécification matérielle permettant à " +"des instruments électroniques, séquenceurs, ordinateurs, etc. compatibles de" +" communiquer entre eux dans un réseau. La plupart des :term:`contrôleurs " +"` DJ utiliser MIDI pour communiquer avec les ordinateurs." #: ../../glossary.rst:242 msgid "MP3" @@ -900,6 +997,10 @@ msgid "" "data compression. It is de-facto standard of digital audio compression for " "music. MP3 files generally end with a :file:`.mp3` extension." msgstr "" +"Un algorithme de compression audio breveté qui utilise une forme de " +"compression de données :term:`avec perte`. Il s’agit de facto d’une norme de" +" compression audio numérique pour la musique. Les fichiers MP3 se terminent " +"généralement par une extension :file:`.mp3`." #: ../../glossary.rst:472 msgid "MusicBrainz" @@ -995,6 +1096,9 @@ msgid "" "Opus is a totally open, royalty-free, highly versatile :term:`lossy` audio " "codec. The :file:`.opus` filename extension is recommended." msgstr "" +"Opus est un codec audio :term:`avec perte` totalement ouvert, libre de " +"droits et très polyvalent. L'extension de nom de fichier :file:`.opus` est " +"recommandée." #: ../../glossary.rst:34 msgid "PFL" @@ -1159,7 +1263,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../glossary.rst:15 msgid "shortcut" -msgstr "" +msgstr "raccourci" #: ../../glossary.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1167,6 +1271,10 @@ msgid "" "for accessing Mixxx functions with an English keyboard layout. Depending on " "your language settings the defaults may be different." msgstr "" +"Les raccourcis vous permettent de travailler plus efficacement. Ce manuel " +"présente quelques raccourcis pour accéder aux fonctions Mixxx avec une " +"disposition de clavier en anglais. En fonction de vos paramètres de langue, " +"les valeurs par défaut peuvent être différentes." #: ../../glossary.rst:414 msgid "shoutcast" @@ -1209,7 +1317,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../glossary.rst:151 msgid "sync lock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "verrouillage de synchronisation (sync lock)" #: ../../glossary.rst:152 msgid "master sync" @@ -1221,6 +1329,10 @@ msgid "" ":term:`phase` (if :term:`quantization` is enabled) in order to stay in " ":term:`sync` with other decks that are in sync lock mode." msgstr "" +"Le mode de verrouillage de synchronisation ajuste de manière persistante le " +":term:`tempo` et :term:`phase` d'une piste (si :term:`quantifiation` est " +"activé) afin de rester en :term:`synchronisation` avec les autres platines " +"qui sont en mode verrouillage de synchronisation." #: ../../glossary.rst:217 msgid "tempo" @@ -1228,7 +1340,7 @@ msgstr "tempo" #: ../../glossary.rst:219 msgid "The speed of a track measured in :term:`BPM`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La vitesse d'une piste mesurée en :term:`BPM`." #: ../../glossary.rst:141 msgid "timecode" @@ -1255,11 +1367,11 @@ msgstr "Une piste est un autre mot pour une chanson." #: ../../glossary.rst:436 msgid "URL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "URL" #: ../../glossary.rst:437 msgid "Uniform Resource Locator" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uniform Resource Locator" #: ../../glossary.rst:439 msgid "" @@ -1268,14 +1380,18 @@ msgid "" "embedded within the pages themselves as hypertext links. One example of a " "URL is ``_ ." msgstr "" +"L'adresse qui définit l'itinéraire vers un fichier sur un serveur Internet. " +"Les URL sont saisies dans un navigateur Web pour accéder aux pages et " +"fichiers Web, et les URL sont intégrées dans les pages elles-mêmes sous " +"forme de liens hypertextes. Un exemple d'URL est ``_ ." #: ../../glossary.rst:520 msgid "USB" -msgstr "" +msgstr "USB" #: ../../glossary.rst:521 msgid "Universal Serial Bus" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Universal Serial Bus (Bus série universel)" #: ../../glossary.rst:523 msgid "" @@ -1285,6 +1401,13 @@ msgid "" " ` without special drivers (on Windows, special drivers " "might still be necessary to use the :term:`ASIO` sound :term:`API` though)." msgstr "" +"L'USB est une norme industrielle pour les câbles, les connecteurs et les " +"protocoles et est utilisé pour de nombreux matériels grand public. Si une " +":term:`interface audio` est \"compatible avec la classe USB\", cela signifie" +" qu'elle peut être utilisée sur tous les principaux :term:`systèmes " +"d'exploitation ` sans pilotes spéciaux (sous Windows, des " +"pilotes spéciaux peuvent néanmoins être nécessaires pour utiliser une " +":term:`API audio :term:`ASIO` `)." #: ../../glossary.rst:135 msgid "vinyl control" @@ -1328,6 +1451,13 @@ msgid "" "format used for CD audio. Wave files are not compressed, and are therefore " ":term:`lossless`. Wave files generally end with a :file:`.wav` extension." msgstr "" +"Format de fichier audio numérique standard utilisé pour stocker les données " +"de forme d'onde ; permet de sauvegarder des enregistrements audio avec " +"différents taux d'échantillonnage et débits binaires ; souvent enregistré au" +" format stéréo 44,1 KHz, 16 bits, qui est le format standard utilisé pour " +"les CD audio. Les fichiers Wave ne sont pas compressés et sont donc " +":term:`sans perte`. Les fichiers Wave se terminent généralement par une " +"extension :file:`.wav`." #: ../../glossary.rst:44 msgid "waveform overview" diff --git a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index d913c3619d..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n == 0 || n == 1) ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index d8b707399b..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,405 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Rafael French , 2024 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Rafael French , 2024\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n == 0 || n == 1) ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" -"Un utilisateur qui ne connait pas encore Mixxx devrait pouvoir mixer deux " -"morceaux de sa bibliothèque musicale dans les plus brefs délais." - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" -"À mesure que le manuel s'enrichit au fil du temps avec de nouvelles versions" -" de Mixxx et de nouvelles captures d'écran, il est important que les " -"fichiers soient nommés de manière cohérente. Enregistrer les fichiers dans " -"le répertoire :file:`/static` ou créez-y un sous-répertoire." - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index cfea72086f..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n == 0 || n == 1) ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/gl/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/gl/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index 54ff7d59f6..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/gl/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Galician (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/gl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: gl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/gl/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/gl/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9f84dc30a1..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/gl/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Galician (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/gl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: gl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/gl/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/gl/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index a8ab3c6e5c..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/gl/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Galician (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/gl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: gl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9414b5e719..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/id/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: id\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index 5ce1f4470c..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/id/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: id\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3b03c2129b..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/id/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: id\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/advanced_topics.po b/source/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/advanced_topics.po index 2e7fa3a806..d176a0b7f1 100644 --- a/source/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/advanced_topics.po +++ b/source/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/chapters/advanced_topics.po @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Daniel Schürmann , 2022 +# Nicola Lastella, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-24 15:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Daniel Schürmann , 2022\n" +"Last-Translator: Nicola Lastella, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/it/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,11 +24,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../shortcuts.rstext:4 msgid "Library - Icon AutoDJ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Libreria: Icona AutoDj" #: ../../shortcuts.rstext:10 msgid "Library - Icon Banshee" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Libreria - Icona Banshee" #: ../../shortcuts.rstext:16 msgid "Library - Icon Recordbox" @@ -35,55 +36,55 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../shortcuts.rstext:22 msgid "Library - Icon Browse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Libreria: Icona Navigare" #: ../../shortcuts.rstext:28 msgid "Library - Icon Crates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Libreria - Icona Casse" #: ../../shortcuts.rstext:34 msgid "Library - Icon Drag and Drop" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Library - Icona Drag and Drop" #: ../../shortcuts.rstext:40 msgid "Library - Icon History current session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Libreria: Icona Cronologia sessione attuale" #: ../../shortcuts.rstext:46 msgid "Library - Icon History" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Libreria - Icona Cronologia" #: ../../shortcuts.rstext:52 msgid "Library - Icon iTunes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Libreria - Icona Itunes" #: ../../shortcuts.rstext:58 msgid "Library - Icon Library" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Libreria - Icona Libreria" #: ../../shortcuts.rstext:64 msgid "Library - Icon Locked" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Libreria - Icona Bloccata" #: ../../shortcuts.rstext:70 msgid "Library - Icon Missing Tracks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Libreria - Icona Brano Mancante" #: ../../shortcuts.rstext:76 msgid "Library - Icon Playlist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Libreria - Icona Playlist" #: ../../shortcuts.rstext:82 msgid "Library - Icon Analyze" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Libreria - Icona Analizza" #: ../../shortcuts.rstext:88 msgid "Library - Icon Recordings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Libreria - Icona Registrazioni" #: ../../shortcuts.rstext:94 msgid "Library - Icon Rhythmbox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Libreria - Icona Rythmbox" #: ../../shortcuts.rstext:100 msgid "Library - Icon Serato" diff --git a/source/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7307d65a14..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index 294ce3e146..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index 64a5fa8fd8..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/it/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index e1b06e6cd7..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/ja/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ja\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index b887fe6f07..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/ja/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ja\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index f12a14a4e1..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/ja/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ja\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index 640010ac95..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index fc31bab9d5..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index a6b8ef081c..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index daa40d010a..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/pl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : (n%10>=2 && n%10<=4) && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n!=1 && (n%10>=0 && n%10<=1) || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=12 && n%100<=14) ? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index 07f4792180..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/pl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : (n%10>=2 && n%10<=4) && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n!=1 && (n%10>=0 && n%10<=1) || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=12 && n%100<=14) ? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8c63134d2b..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/pl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : (n%10>=2 && n%10<=4) && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n!=1 && (n%10>=0 && n%10<=1) || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=12 && n%100<=14) ? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/pot/404.pot b/source/locale/pot/404.pot index f665a101fa..37bb5c126e 100644 --- a/source/locale/pot/404.pot +++ b/source/locale/pot/404.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.4\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-24 15:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-25 19:19+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" diff --git a/source/locale/pot/glossary.pot b/source/locale/pot/glossary.pot index ff646daa4a..ab63524d74 100644 --- a/source/locale/pot/glossary.pot +++ b/source/locale/pot/glossary.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.4\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-24 15:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-25 19:19+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" diff --git a/source/locale/pot/index.pot b/source/locale/pot/index.pot index 29de66a085..0490fb7ea2 100644 --- a/source/locale/pot/index.pot +++ b/source/locale/pot/index.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.4\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-24 15:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-25 19:19+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" diff --git a/source/locale/pot/sphinx.pot b/source/locale/pot/sphinx.pot index 7c00e3e649..25e01701cd 100644 --- a/source/locale/pot/sphinx.pot +++ b/source/locale/pot/sphinx.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.4\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-24 15:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-25 19:19+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" diff --git a/source/locale/pt/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/pt/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index f00cd772a1..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/pt/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/pt/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n == 0 || n == 1) ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/pt/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/pt/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1cb701a62c..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/pt/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/pt/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n == 0 || n == 1) ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/pt/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/pt/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index 47d27100ac..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/pt/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/pt/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n == 0 || n == 1) ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index 7f2cb47c16..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n == 0 || n == 1) ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9f5bcb3d87..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n == 0 || n == 1) ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index 783f079413..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n == 0 || n == 1) ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index f598fdde71..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/ro/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ro\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?2:1));\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index 90ab3a5bce..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/ro/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ro\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?2:1));\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index e61656c2ad..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/ro/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ro\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?2:1));\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4896ccea20..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index dae8c5a43f..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index d5af34ecb9..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/sk/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/sk/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8e7bed4642..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/sk/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Slovak (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/sk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: sk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n == 1 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n >= 2 && n <= 4 ? 1 : n % 1 != 0 ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/sk/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/sk/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index b378baa71b..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/sk/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Slovak (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/sk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: sk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n == 1 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n >= 2 && n <= 4 ? 1 : n % 1 != 0 ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/sk/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/sk/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index 07254b6c09..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/sk/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Slovak (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/sk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: sk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n == 1 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n >= 2 && n <= 4 ? 1 : n % 1 != 0 ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index 993af1d85b..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/sl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: sl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2f0c67ea58..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/sl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: sl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index dc8ec81fd2..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/sl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: sl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/sq/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/sq/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index 882c9a96d0..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/sq/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Albanian (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/sq/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: sq\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/sq/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/sq/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0ee1f81517..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/sq/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Albanian (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/sq/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: sq\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/sq/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/sq/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index 920d477fee..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/sq/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Albanian (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/sq/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: sq\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/sr/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/sr/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index 1bdffdc24d..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/sr/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Serbian (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/sr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: sr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/sr/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/sr/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index c9863b70a6..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/sr/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Serbian (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/sr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: sr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/sr/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/sr/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index 4450f03481..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/sr/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Serbian (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/sr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: sr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8546671fca..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/sv/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: sv\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index 0f21536da8..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/sv/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: sv\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index c7845a1af1..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/sv/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Swedish (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/sv/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: sv\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8a6b62b54d..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index 88735c26ae..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index 3fc647624f..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/tr/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Turkish (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/tr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: tr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index 9e04e9ad68..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index 322070740e..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index 414156c9f7..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po b/source/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po deleted file mode 100644 index b3e2fd92d8..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/index_developer.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/zh_TW/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_TW\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../index_developer.rst:1 -msgid "**For documentation writers**" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po b/source/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po deleted file mode 100644 index 94563624d5..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/manual_guidelines.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-07 20:44-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/zh_TW/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_TW\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:4 -msgid "Guidelines for Mixxx Manual writers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:9 -msgid "What is the intended outcome of the manual?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:10 -msgid "" -"A user who doesn\\'t know Mixxx yet should be able to mix two tracks from " -"their music library in the shortest possible time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:13 -msgid "(Future) characteristics of the Mixxx manual:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:19 -msgid "**User-friendly**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Easy to use when, where, and how you need it. Watch how someone else uses " -"the application. Watch them look for information in the manual (preferably " -"someone who has never seen it before). Be consistent with the instructional " -"design so users can follow a set pattern. Don't use software development " -"terms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:25 -msgid "**Based on sound learning principles**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:22 -msgid "" -"For example users should actually learn from it, not just refer to it. Use " -"the KISS principle: keep it short and simple. Too much information can be " -"overwhelming, so present one concept at a time. Explain simple features in a" -" matrix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:29 -msgid "**Motivational**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Keeps users willing to push forward to higher levels. Present general " -"concepts first to provide a frame of reference. Then move to more complex " -"topics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Group problems the user might hit in a particular task right there with the " -"instruction for that task. Do not force a user to go to a separate " -"“Troubleshooting” section. We can have such separate sections, but as an " -"author you should duplicate pitfalls and problems and include a solution in " -"the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:37 -msgid "Technical conventions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:40 -msgid "Line Widths" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Please configure your editor to have a max column-width of 80-columns. While" -" it is not a strict requirement, 80-column cleanliness makes it easy to tile" -" multiple buffers of code across a laptop screen, which provides significant" -" efficiency gains to developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:48 -msgid "Screenshots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Use English language settings when creating screen-shots of the Mixxx " -"interface. This might change if we ever have true `i18n " -"`_. The" -" preferred file format is PNG. **Don't add shadows** to application window " -"screen-shots as they are added automatically to the document with style-" -"sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Always include descriptive alt text and a figure description. The latter " -"will be numbered in the PDF export. That sets them apart from the text " -"below. Place screen-shots above the context you are going to explain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Screenshots should only show the necessary area and not the entire screen " -"where not necessary. Use annotation on the screenshot if necessary to " -"emphasize elements, use color ``#FF1F90`` if possible for consistency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Use this directive to place images like Screen-shots. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:77 -msgid "Nice screenshot tools with build-in editor for annotations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:79 -msgid "macOS: `Skitch `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:80 -msgid "Linux: `Shutter `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:81 -msgid "Windows: `ShareX `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Alternatively, import your screenshots into `Inkscape " -"`_, add annotations and export as .png to " -":file:`/static`. Then save the original work as .svg to :file:`/static` as " -"well, so any future contributor can work on your annotations at a later " -"time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:89 -msgid "File naming" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As the manual grows over the time with new versions of Mixxx and new " -"screenshots, it is important to have files named consistently. Save files to" -" the :file:`/static` folder or create a sub-folder in there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:99 -msgid "" -"This scheme makes it easy to know which version a screenshot was taken from " -"and where it belongs and if it must replaced, like e.g. " -":file:`Mixxx-111-Preferences-Recording.png`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Do not include any dot in the file names of your screenshots your file name " -"or you won't be able to generate PDF with LaTeX." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:107 -msgid "Double quotes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Use curly double quotes (“ ”). Avoid typewriter double quotes (\" \") " -"produced by the convenient quotation mark button on your keyboard. For " -"details and key combinations, see `Wikipedia " -"`_" -" ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:115 -msgid "Admonitions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:117 -msgid "The following admonitions are in use:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:121 -msgid "" -"For anything that should receive a bit more attention. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:128 -msgid "" -"For supplementary information that lightens the work load. Example markup: " -"::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:135 -msgid "" -"For references to other documents or websites if they need special " -"attention. References to other documents can also be included in the text " -"inline. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:144 -msgid "" -"Recommended over :rst:dir:`note` for anything that needs to be done with " -"caution. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Allow inserting todo items into documents and to keep a :ref:`automatically " -"generated TODO list ` Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:159 -msgid "Substitution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Replacement images or text can be included in the text. They are added " -"through a substitution (aka alias). This may be appropriate when the " -"replacement image or text is repeated many times throughout one or more " -"documents, especially if it may need to change later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:166 -msgid "" -"All replacements are kept in the file :file:`shortcuts.rstext` which is " -"included at the beginning of each file in which a substitution is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To use an alias for the Mixxx logo, simply put the definition into " -":file:`shortcuts.rstext`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Using this image alias, you can insert it easily in the text with ``|logo|``" -" , like this: |logo|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:179 -msgid "For a text replacement the code looks similar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "" -"Using this text alias, you can insert it easily with ``|longtext|`` , like " -"this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:186 -msgid "|longtext| ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:188 -msgid "" -"The substitute section in the docs. `Here `_ and " -"`also here " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:193 -msgid "Headings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Normally, there are no heading levels assigned to certain characters as the " -"structure is determined from the succession of headings. However, for the " -"Python documentation, this convention is used which you may follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``#`` with overline, for parts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``*`` with overline, for chapters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``=`` for sections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``-`` for subsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``^`` for subsubsections" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:0 -msgid "``\"`` for paragraphs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Of course, you are free to use your own marker characters (see the reST " -"documentation), and use a deeper nesting level, but keep in mind that most " -"target formats (HTML, LaTeX) have a limited supported nesting depth." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:210 -msgid "Paragraph-level markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:212 -msgid "" -"These directives create short paragraphs and can be used inside information " -"units as well as normal text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:217 -msgid "" -"This directive documents the version of the project which added the " -"described feature. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:224 -msgid "" -"Similar to :rst:dir:`versionadded`, but describes when and what changed in " -"the named feature in some way (new parameters, changed side effects, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:228 -msgid "Other semantic markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:229 -msgid "" -"The following roles don't do anything special except formatting the text in " -"a different style. Nonetheless, use them:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:234 -msgid "" -"Any label used in the interface should be marked with this role, including " -"button labels, window titles, field names, menu and menu selection names, " -"and even values in selection lists. An accelerator key for the GUI label can" -" be included using an ampersand; this will be stripped and displayed " -"underlined in the output. To include a literal ampersand, double it. Example" -" markup: :guilabel:`&Cancel` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:245 -msgid "" -"Mark a sequence of keystrokes. Example markup: :kbd:`STRG` + :kbd:`G` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:251 -msgid "" -"This is used to mark a complete sequence of menu selections, including " -"selecting submenus and choosing a specific operation. Example markup: " -":menuselection:`Options --> Enable Live Broadcasting` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The name of a file or directory. Example markup: :file:`Mixxx/Recordings` ::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:264 -msgid "Meta-information markup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manual_guidelines.rst:268 -msgid "" -"Identifies the author of the current section and helps to keep track of " -"contributions. By default, this markup isn't reflected in the output in any " -"way. Example markup: ::" -msgstr "" diff --git a/source/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po b/source/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po deleted file mode 100644 index ff2c3cb4e1..0000000000 --- a/source/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/todolist.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2011-2020, The Mixxx Development Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mixxx package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mixxx 2.2\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-20 21:13-0800\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-09-05 05:38+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/mixxx-dj-software/teams/7664/zh_TW/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_TW\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:6 -msgid "Automatically generated todo list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The following list is automatically generated from ``.. todo::`` directives " -"in the text. It will only show up in the output if ``todo_include_todos = " -"True``. See ``_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../todolist.rst:13 -msgid "todo items" -msgstr ""